FINANCIAL CORP.
ANNUAL REPORT
2025
We are using data and digital tools to strengthen relationship
management so our teams can spend more time as trusted financial
advisors. Our digital modernization strategy is designed to improve
customer experience, enhance collaboration across our workforce
and scale both our operations and our impact.
At the same time, we continued investing in our people, our culture
and our leadership. This important work is never done, as we build
the leadership and workforce our clients and communities will
need in the future. This work supports our broader transformation
agenda: aligning people, processes, technology and controls so that
financial performance, impact objectives, risk management and
climate commitments all work together for growth.
In 2026, the Board and leadership team will reach our fifth year
together and I see an opportunity to build on this foundation and
move boldly into the future. The results we have delivered enable
us to set higher aspirations for the next five: expanding access to
values-aligned financing; supporting proven and innovative efforts
to address climate risk, inequality and injustice; and growing in a
way that makes our balance sheet an even more powerful engine for
earnings and inclusive prosperity.
To our shareholders, thank you for backing a vision that insists
performance and purpose thrive together.
To our customers and partners, thank you for choosing a bank that
stands with you in building more just, sustainable and resilient
communities.
To our employees, thank you for your dedication, creativity and
care—your work is the bridge between our values and our results,
and the foundation of the culture and accountability that will carry
Amalgamated into its next chapter.
Priscilla Sims Brown
President & CEO
To Shareholders, Partners and Colleagues:
As we close 2025, I am reflecting on a year in which Amalgamated
Bank delivered strong financial performance, meaningful impact
and disciplined growth. While our model faced a true test of its
resilience, we still expanded and deepened our franchise while
staying true to our mission, proving once again that a values-
aligned business model can create durable value for our clients,
communities and shareholders.
Since early 2021, our management team has executed on a
clear thesis: our bank will deliver strong financial performance
and shareholder returns through meaningful, positive impact in
communities. We constantly remind ourselves that Amalgamated
was founded by and for changemakers—everyday workers who
built this country and continue to move it forward. Our 2025 results
show that we have upheld their legacy. We deliberately focused our
business on the client segments, business sectors, and geographies
where our expertise allows us to perform and drive change.
Our financial performance demonstrates an integrated platform
growing with discipline—connecting our core deposit franchise,
targeted lending strategies, risk appetite, impact goals and capital
strength into one coherent model. Since joining1, the management
team has grown core EPS 126%, Tier 1 Leverage by 17% and total
deposits almost 69%, showing our high profitability standards,
strong capital foundation and enduring deposit relationships. More
recently, in 2025, our strategic focus on expanding our commercial
& industrial and multifamily loan portfolio has resulted in 10% year-
over-year growth, while maintaining a prudent risk posture (only
0.32% nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets). Our
results demonstrate continued high performance, resiliency and
community impact and confirm that a more focused balance sheet
and client strategy can be a powerful engine for sustainable growth.
We continue to deepen relationships in our core segments and
modernize how we serve clients. In 2025, we adopted new
technologies across the bank to better understand customer needs,
foster more effective engagement and solve problems in real time.
Since early 2021, our management
team has executed on a clear thesis:
our bank will deliver strong financial
performance and shareholder returns
through meaningful, positive impact
in communities.
1 Metrics shown compare 2020 vs 2025
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
☒
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025
OR
☐
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For transition period from to
Commission File Number: 001-40136
Amalgamated Financial Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
85-2757101
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
275 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10001
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)
(212) 255-6200
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
AMAL
The Nasdaq Global Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐
No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐
No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that
the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller
reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller
reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b–2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
☐
Accelerated filer
☒
Non-accelerated filer
☐
Smaller reporting company
☐
Emerging growth company ☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
1
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the
effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b))
by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the
registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-
based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §
240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates was approximately $547,055,889 based on
the closing sale price of $31.20 per share on June 30, 2025. For purposes of the foregoing calculation only, Workers United and
all directors and named executive officers of the registrant have been deemed affiliates. As of March 4, 2026, the registrant had
29,829,356 shares of common stock outstanding at $0.01 par value per share.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
The information required by Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s
definitive proxy statement relating to the 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates.
2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part I.
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
1
Item 1.
Business
3
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
31
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
46
Item 1C.
Cybersecurity
46
Item 2.
Properties
48
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
48
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
48
Part II.
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
49
Item 6.
[Reserved]
52
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
52
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
75
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
77
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
147
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
147
Item 9B.
Other Information
147
Item 9C.
Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdiction that Prevent Inspections
147
Part III.
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
148
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
148
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
148
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
148
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
148
Part IV.
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
149
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
149
Signatures.
153
3
Part I
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Statements included in this report that are not historical in nature are intended to be, and are hereby identified as, forward-looking
statements for purposes of the safe harbor provided by Section 21E of the Exchange Act. The words “may,” “approximately,”
“will,” “anticipate,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “expect,” “estimate,” “continue,” “plan,” “possible,” and
“intend,” as well as other similar words and expressions of the future, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These
forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements related to our projected growth, anticipated future financial
performance, and management’s long-term performance goals, as well as statements relating to the anticipated effects on results
of operations and financial condition from expected developments or events, or business and growth strategies, including
anticipated internal growth.
Forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict as to timing, extent,
likelihood and degree of occurrence, which could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in or by such
statements. Potential risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
uncertain conditions in the banking industry and in national, regional and local economies in core markets, which may
have an adverse impact on business, operations and financial performance;
2.
deterioration in the financial condition of borrowers resulting in significant increases in credit losses and provisions for
those losses;
3.
deposit outflows and subsequent declines in liquidity caused by factors that could include lack of confidence in the
banking system, a deterioration in market conditions or the financial condition of depositors;
4.
changes in deposits, including an increase in uninsured deposits;
5.
ability to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet deposit and debt obligations as they come due, which may require that the
Company sell investment securities at a loss, negatively impacting net income, earnings and capital;
6.
unfavorable conditions in the capital markets, which may cause declines in stock price and the value of investments;
7.
negative economic and political conditions that adversely affect the general economy, housing prices, the real estate
market, the job market, consumer confidence, the financial condition of borrowers and consumer spending habits, which
may affect, among other things, the level of non-performing assets, charge-offs and provision expense;
8.
fluctuations or unanticipated changes in the interest rate environment including changes in net interest margin or changes
in the yield curve that affect investments, loans or deposits;
9.
the general decline in the real estate and lending markets, particularly in commercial real estate in the Company’s market
areas, and the effects of the enactment of or changes to rent-control and other similar regulations on multi-family
housing;
10. implementation by the current presidential administration of a regulatory reform agenda that is significantly different
from that of the prior presidential administration, impacting the rule making, supervision, examination and enforcement
of the banking regulation agencies;
11. changes in U.S. trade policies and other global political factors beyond the Company’s control, including the imposition
of tariffs, which raise economic uncertainty, potentially leading to slower growth and a decrease in loan demand;
12. the outcome of legal or regulatory proceedings that may be instituted against us;
13. inability to achieve organic loan and deposit growth and the composition of that growth;
14. composition of the Company’s loan portfolio, including any concentration in industries or sectors that may experience
unanticipated or anticipated adverse conditions greater than other industries or sectors in the national or local economies
in which the Company operates;
15. inaccuracy of the assumptions and estimates the Company makes and policies that the Company implements in
establishing the allowance for credit losses;
16. changes in loan underwriting, credit review or loss reserve policies associated with economic conditions, examination
conclusions, or regulatory developments;
17. any matter that would cause the Company to conclude that there was impairment of any asset, including intangible
assets;
18. limitations on the ability to declare and pay dividends;
19. the impact of competition with other financial institutions, including pricing pressures and the resulting impact on
results, including as a result of compression to net interest margin;
20. increased competition for experienced members of the workforce including executives in the banking industry;
21. a failure in or breach of operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of third party vendors or other service
providers, including as a result of unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes, spam attacks, human error,
natural disasters, power loss and other security breaches;
1
22. increased regulatory scrutiny, privacy concerns, and exposure from the use of “big data” techniques, machine learning,
and artificial intelligence;
23. a downgrade in the Company’s credit rating;
24. “greenwashing claims” against the Company and environmental, social, and governance ("ESG") products and increased
scrutiny and political opposition to ESG and diversity, equity, and inclusion ("DEI") practices;
25. any unanticipated or greater than anticipated adverse conditions (including the possibility of earthquakes, wildfires, and
other natural disasters) affecting the markets in which the Company operates;
26. physical and transitional risks related to climate change as they impact the business and the businesses that the Company
finances;
27. future repurchase of the Company’s shares through the Company’s common stock repurchase program; and
28. descriptions of assumptions underlying or relating to any of the foregoing.
We caution readers that the foregoing list of factors is not exclusive, is not necessarily in order of importance and readers should
not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary
statements that are included elsewhere in this report. In particular, you should consider the numerous risks described in Item 1A,
“Risk Factors,” for a description of some of the important factors that may affect actual outcomes. Further, any forward-looking
statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made and we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking
statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events, unless required to do so under the federal securities laws.
2
Item 1. Business
General Overview
Amalgamated Financial Corp., a Delaware public benefit corporation ("we" or the "Company"), was formed on August 25, 2020
to serve as the holding company for Amalgamated Bank (the "Bank") and is a bank holding company registered with the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. On March 1, 2021 (the “Effective
Date”), the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Amalgamated Bank, a New York state-chartered commercial bank
in a statutory share exchange transaction (the “Reorganization”) effected under New York law and in accordance with the terms
of a Plan of Acquisition dated September 4, 2020. Pursuant to the Reorganization, the Bank became the sole subsidiary of the
Company, the Company became the holding company for the Bank and the stockholders of the Bank became stockholders of the
Company.
The Bank was formed in 1923 as Amalgamated Bank of New York by the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America, one of
the country’s oldest labor unions. Although we are no longer majority union-owned, the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of
America’s successor, Workers United, an affiliate of the Service Employees International Union that represents workers in the
textile, distribution, food service and gaming industries, remains a significant stockholder, holding approximately 38% of our
equity as of December 31, 2025.
We are a full-service commercial bank offering a complete suite of commercial and retail banking products, investment
management and trust and custody services, and lending services. We generate relationship deposits from our values-based
commercial clients and consumer customers. We further develop new and existing relationships through our trust, custody, and
investment management services, which generate fee income, and we also offer investment, brokerage, asset management, and
insurance products to our retail customers through a third-party broker dealer.
America's Socially Responsible Bank
We maintain an explicit commitment to the highest corporate social responsibility standards. Under the direction of our Board of
Directors (the "Board") and executive management, we are diligent in fulfilling our mission to be America’s socially responsible
bank, empowering organizations and individuals to advance positive change. The full Board of Directors oversees our Corporate
Social Responsibility activities and communications. In addition, a formal cross-departmental Corporate Social Responsibility
(“CSR”) Committee is comprised of employees and executive leadership responsible for implementing various policies,
strategies, and communications. The CSR Committee is led by the Chief Sustainability Officer and reports quarterly to the Board.
Our business strategy is focused on providing impact banking and lending services to a customer base that cares about how their
money is invested. That strategy is rooted in our 100-year history as a bank serving working people, labor unions, nonprofits,
foundations, and impact businesses. We believe that there is a growing base of customers becoming aware of what their money
does in the banking system and wanting a bank that aligns with their values and financial stewardship. Using proven risk-based
policies as a foundation, we specialize in banking for mission-aligned customer segments including businesses that promote net
zero renewable energy, affordable housing, and other aligned or adjacent businesses. Our business focus is designed to promote
our reputation as a trustworthy banking partner reflective of our client segments.
We have been a leader in supporting strong environmental standards, sustainable finance, and responsible and sustainable banking
practices. We publicly committed to promote finance as a tool to build a more sustainable planet. We have taken several steps to
continue our leadership in climate finance. We were one of the first U.S. banks to publish data in accordance with the Global
Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials and were the first U.S. bank to publish a net zero climate target validated by the
Science Based Targets ("SBTi") methodology. We published our loan portfolio climate targets in October 2021, which built on a
2030 target of 49% reduction in absolute emissions from our 2020 baseline and reaching Net Zero in 2045. As a part of our Net
Zero Report we disclosed asset class level targets and transition details. In 2025, we released an update on our progress towards
climate targets in our Climate Impact report.
In calculating the carbon impact of Company operations, we report to the standards of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol and disclose
our Scope 1, 2, and 3 emissions, including voluntarily for Scope 3 Category 15 which covers our balance sheet loans and
investments as well as our Assets Under Management. Within our operational emission, we measure our Scope 1, Scope 2 and
Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions and purchase carbon offsets for any unavoidable carbon emissions. As part of our net zero
3
climate targets, we are also seeking to reduce our direct or "operational" emissions to net zero by 2030. We are committed to
100% renewable energy across our corporate footprint where attainable.
Amalgamated Bank maintains a certification by B Labs USA, allowing it to promote itself to clients and the public as a B
CorporationTM certified business. The median score of an ordinary business is 50.9. With the 2023 impact score of 155.3,
Amalgamated Bank has secured important external validation for its commitment to be America's socially responsible bank.
Through our institutional investing platform, we regularly engage portfolio companies on climate transition, workplace fairness
and other matters in accordance with our fiduciary duties as a trustee. In 2025, as in previous years we engaged in shareholder
advocacy and voted our proxies with clear and strategy aligned guidelines. This work is overseen by the Trust Committee of the
Board of Directors and led by the Chief Trust Officer and Chief Sustainability Officer.
Competition
We are focused on geographic markets with large and growing populations of our target customer base. Our primary geographic
markets in which we have branch offices include New York City, Washington, D.C., San Francisco, and one commercial office in
Boston. Based on research we commissioned, each of these markets is densely populated with a significant number of values-
based businesses and non-profit organizations. We are also able to leverage our heritage as a socially responsible bank to market
to customers nationwide.
Following our success in New York, a community we have now been a part of for over a century, we entered the Washington,
D.C. market with a successful strategic expansion in 1998. We bolstered our efforts in the Washington, D.C. market in 2012 and
have generated a 6% compound annual deposit growth rate during the five-year period ended December 31, 2025. Additionally,
following the successful acquisition of New Resource Bank in 2018, we have become a trusted commercial lender in San
Francisco. In addition, we established ourselves in Boston in 2020.
Our corporate divisions include Commercial Banking, Trust and Investment Management and Consumer Banking. Product line
includes residential mortgage loans through our marketing services agreement with Embrace Home Loans, commercial and
industrial ("C&I") loans, commercial real estate ("CRE") loans, multifamily loans, consumer loans (predominantly residential
solar) and a variety of commercial and consumer deposit products, including non-interest-bearing accounts, interest-bearing
demand products, savings accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit. We also offer online banking and bill
payment services, online cash management, safe deposit box rentals, debit card and ATM card services, and the availability of a
nationwide network of ATMs for our customers.
We currently offer a wide range of trust, custody and investment management services, including asset safekeeping, corporate
actions, income collections, proxy services, account transition, asset transfers, and conversion management. We also offer a broad
range of investment products, including both index and actively-managed funds spanning equity, fixed-income, real estate and
alternative investment strategies to meet the needs of our clients. Our products and services are tailored to our target customer
base that prefers a financial partner that is socially responsible, values-oriented and committed to creating positive change in the
world. These customers include advocacy-based non-profits, social welfare organizations, national labor unions, political
organizations, foundations, socially responsible businesses, and other for-profit companies that seek to balance their profit-making
activities with activities that benefit their other stakeholders and constituents.
The financial services industry is highly competitive and we compete for loans, deposits, and customer relationships in our
geographic markets. We strive to be the bank of choice for socially responsible companies, organizations and individuals working
to advance positive social change. Competition involves efforts to retain current customers, make new loans and obtain new
deposits, increase the scope and sophistication of services offered, and offer competitive interest rates paid on deposits and
charged on loans. Our cost of funds fluctuates with market interest rates and may be affected by higher rates offered by other
financial institutions. In certain interest rate environments, additional significant competition for deposits may be expected to arise
from corporate and government debt securities and money market mutual funds. We have a small but growing market share of the
total deposit-gathering or lending activities in the metropolitan areas of New York City, Washington, D.C., Boston, and San
Francisco.
In the financial services industry, market demands, technology advances, regulatory changes and economic pressures have
increased competition among banks, as well as other financial institutions. As a result of increased competition, we believe that all
existing banks must adapt and become more cost efficient. Meanwhile, corresponding changes in the regulatory framework have
resulted in increasing cost burden on banking institutions. These market dynamics have increased the number of non-bank
competitors and have increased customer awareness of product and service differences among bank and non-bank competitors.
4
We primarily face competition from the five major categories of competitors listed below. In each case, we rely on our focus on
our socially responsible banking model to attract mission-aligned customers to successfully compete.
•
Local and regional bank competition within our branch footprint of the metropolitan areas of New York City,
Washington, D.C., and San Francisco and our commercial office in Boston. These local and regional banks have the
same local focus and engagement with the community and typically offer similar products and servicing capabilities.
•
Large banks which have been and are expanding their physical footprint in the metropolitan areas of New York City,
Washington, D.C., Boston, and San Francisco. These large banks have significant national-scale resources.
•
National “direct” banks, which have sophisticated digital offerings and significant national brand investments that
appeal to segments of the population that do not require a physical branch to conduct banking and may offer higher
interest rates on deposits.
•
Fintech “non-banks.” There are numerous emerging business models and technology innovators entering the field of
personal finance. Much of the Fintech innovation has significant capabilities and may be disruptive to traditional
banks.
•
Other socially responsible banks and financial services companies, including credit unions.
In commercial banking, we compete to underwrite loans to sound, stable businesses and real estate projects at competitive price
levels that also make sense for our business and risk profile. Our major commercial bank competitors include national, regional
and local banks that are larger than us and, as a consequence of their size, have the ability to make loans on larger projects or
provide a greater mix of product offerings. We also compete with local banks, some of which may offer aggressive pricing and
unique terms on various types of loans.
In retail banking, we primarily compete with banks that have a visible retail presence and personnel in our market areas. The
primary factors driving competition in consumer banking are customer service, interest rates, fees charged, branch location and
hours of operation, online banking capabilities, and the range of products offered. We compete for deposits by advertising,
offering competitive interest rates, and seeking to provide a high level of personal service.
In retail lending, we also compete with non-bank mortgage companies. The non-bank competition has access to a wide array of
products and services offered through the secondary market and private participants. The ability to quickly utilize the latest
technologies, while benefiting from lower regulatory and compliance costs, allow the non-bank competition to add new products
at a fast pace.
In investment management and trust services, we compete with a variety of custodial banks as well as a diverse group of
investment managers to those client segments. From a custody standpoint, we mainly compete against larger custodial institutions,
such as State Street and BNY Mellon, US Bank, Regions Bank and M&T Bank. In investment management, we regularly
compete against a host of firms that provide passive equity index replication to their clients, including State Street, BlackRock,
and Vanguard. Our active products, both in equities and fixed-income, compete against dozens of institutional managers who
traditionally provide services to Taft-Hartley funds, public funds and endowments/foundations. Our agreement with Invesco to be
our principal investment sub-adviser has added to this suite of products.
We have focused on providing value-added products and services to our clients, which we are able to do because of our close
relationships with them, and our affinity to their missions. We believe our ability to provide flexible, sophisticated products and a
customer-centric process to our customers and clients allows us to stay competitive in the financial services environment.
Business Components
Deposits
We gather deposits primarily through teams of bankers organized based on region and client segment. In addition, we bank
politically active customers, such as campaigns, political action committees, and state and national party committees, which we
refer to as political deposits. These deposits exhibit seasonality based on election cycles. Our teams of dedicated bankers have
expertise with the segments they cover, and many have worked with or within organizations that make up our target customer
base before starting their career in banking. We believe our deep understanding of these segments, customized solutions and
relationship-based, personalized service model enable us to address our customers’ unique banking needs. As a result, we believe
we have become one of the leading banks of choice for many of these groups who, in turn, contribute a significant source of low-
5
cost core deposits to the bank. Our total deposit base is composed of 41% non-interest-bearing accounts and has an average cost
of deposits of only 160 basis points for the year ended December 31, 2025. We believe that our focus on serving the banking
interests of the mission-driven customer market gives us a competitive advantage over other commercial banks in generating
business from our target customer base.
In addition to this commercial business development structure, we source consumer deposits through our branch network, online
network, and mobile platform. Through these channels, we offer a variety of deposit products, including demand deposit
accounts, interest-bearing products, savings accounts, and certificates of deposit. As of December 31, 2025, our deposit base
consisted of $3.23 billion of checking deposits, $4.51 billion of other liquid deposits such as money market checking, savings and
passbook deposits, and $203.2 million of certificate of deposits, which includes $0.2 million of brokered deposits. The vast
majority of our commercial deposits are derived from socially responsible organizations.
Trust and Investment Management
We have been providing institutional trust, custody and investment management services since 1973. This business has become an
integral contributor to our franchise and is complementary to our commercial banking business, as they each help support and
grow the other. Approximately one-third of our trust and investment management clients utilize our deposit products. The
majority of our trust and investment management business consists of institutional investment clients, such as multi-employer
pension funds and Taft-Hartley funds.
Our custody service bankers have considerable experience with our target customer base, offering a highly personal approach to
customer support and customizable solutions including those which are specifically designed to meet the requirements of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and public sector employee benefit and pension plans, endowments,
foundations and family offices. Our core custody services feature a wide-ranging and comprehensive product suite, including
asset safekeeping, corporate actions, income collections, proxy services, account transition, asset transfers and conversion
management, which focus on adding value for our clients.
Our investment management offerings are currently composed of a broad range of both index and actively-managed funds
spanning equity, fixed-income, real estate assets and alternative investment strategies. Our experienced team specifically tailors
our investment strategy to align with the values of our clients. We launched our LongView family of funds in 1992 to promote
advocacy through ownership guided by the investment belief that companies with strong corporate governance deliver
stockholders greater and less volatile returns over the long term. We view accountability, prudent risk oversight, social and
environmental awareness, relationship with workers, stockholders and the community as the key principles for sustainable value
creation that define good governance best practices and enhance the prospects for sound stockholder returns. We play an active
role in promoting strong corporate governance through our proxy-voting guidelines, the filing of socially-aligned stockholder
proposals, and litigation brought by us on behalf of our investors, and we believe this distinguishes our index funds from similarly
situated funds and provides us with a competitive marketing advantage.
The growth of our commercial banking business has contributed to our trust, custody and investment management services
business in recent years. As of December 31, 2025, we had over 1,000 custody accounts with $38.63 billion in assets under
custody and approximately 500 investment management accounts with $16.63 billion in assets under management. For the years
ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we generated $16.2 million and $15.2 million of investment and trust fees,
respectively.
Asset Allocation
Our target customer base provides us with what has historically been a stable source of low-cost core deposits, with generally
limited credit needs. Therefore, we have historically had a substantial amount of excess liquidity. We believe a key benefit of our
differentiated business model is our flexibility to allocate our excess liquidity to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns. Our
earning asset mix today is composed of a combination of loans to target commercial customers, various types of real estate loans,
and securities. We have a robust governance process in place to maintain conservative credit standards and underwrite each loan
on our balance sheet.
Commercial and Industrial Lending
We take a relationship-based approach to our target customer loan origination strategy, as our bankers have developed a deep
level of experience with our customers within our target customer base and their unique banking needs. Our business strategy
involves us growing our business by earning the trust of these customers through a demonstrated dedication to our shared values
6
—these mission-aligned customers seek our expertise in order to obtain various forms of specialty lending. Our specialty lending
includes bridge financing guaranteed by philanthropic grants, financing for owner-occupied union facilities, loans to affordable
housing construction funds administered by leading Community Development Financial Institutions Funds, loans for commercial
solar deployment and other renewable power and energy efficiency projects, and loans to political organizations.
Real Estate Loans
Our real estate portfolio consists of loans to individuals and commercial businesses, including residential, multifamily, and CRE.
Residential Real Estate
Our portfolio of originated one-to-four family real estate loans to individuals is based primarily in our geographic markets, but
also a minority of residential loans are to individuals outside our geographic markets, some of which are affinity mortgage
programs we have developed for members of certain commercial customers, such as the Service Employees International Union
and American Federation of Teachers. Our residential loans are primarily closed-end mortgage loans, secured by a first lien on
one-to-four family dwellings primarily in our geographic footprint. The dwellings are typically residential structures consisting of
principal residences, second or vacation homes and investment properties, with property types including single family homes,
two-to-four unit homes, condominiums, and cooperative apartments. We also own portfolios of purchased one-to-four family
loans, representing 2.5% of total assets as of December 31, 2025. Beginning in February 2026, in order to maintain strong client
relationships, the Company entered into a marketing services agreement with Embrace Home Loans to refer its customers for
residential loans services, while advancing its broader strategic focus.
Multifamily
A substantial portion of our portfolio is composed of multifamily loans made to customers in New York, predominantly for rent-
stabilized buildings. We generally apply stringent underwriting guidelines for LTV and debt service coverage ratios, which are
intended to mitigate credit and concentration risk in this loan category. The average current LTV of our multifamily loans is
approximately 56%.
At December 31, 2025 our total multifamily portfolio is $1.64 billion, and our total multifamily loan exposure in New York State
is approximately $1.01 billion. Approximately 81% of these loans are to buildings with at least one rent regulated unit.
Commercial Real Estate
We generally apply stringent underwriting guidelines for LTV and debt service coverage ratios, which are intended to mitigate
credit and concentration risk in this loan category. Our CRE exposure is also predominantly in the New York metropolitan area
and includes loans on office buildings, owner-occupied office buildings, retail centers, industrial facilities, mixed-use buildings,
and education centers, with an average current LTV of 45%.
The following table presents our CRE portfolio composition by property type at December 31, 2025:
Property Type
% of Portfolio
Office
16.1 %
Office - Owner Occupied
7.6 %
Retail
12.5 %
Industrial
28.3 %
Mixed Use
2.1 %
Education
15.1 %
Other
18.2 %
Total
100.0 %
7
Securities
Our securities portfolio primarily consists of high quality investments in mortgage-backed securities to government sponsored
entities, other asset-backed securities and Property Assessed Clean Energy ("PACE") investments. All non-agency securities,
composed of non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations, non-agency mortgage-backed
securities, and asset-backed securities, are senior tranche and approximately 86.2% carry AAA credit ratings and 13.8% carry A
credit ratings or higher. As of December 31, 2025, our securities portfolio has a weighted average yield of 4.87% and an estimated
weighted average life of 5.6 years. Approximately 53.4% of this portfolio is classified as “available for sale.” In total, our
securities portfolio including FHLBNY stock represented 38.7% of total interest-earning assets as of December 31, 2025.
PACE financing allows borrowers to finance energy efficient and other socially responsible building improvements with the
repayment made through property tax assessments collected by municipalities. PACE assessments are typically pari passu with
tax liens and senior to mortgage debt. We have purchased PACE assessments backed by improvements to residential and
commercial properties. The residential assessments were originated by three different companies and were backed mostly by
properties from California and Florida. The average assessment-to-value at origination for our residential and commercial PACE
portfolios is approximately 9% and 24%, respectively. We added $197.8 million in PACE assets in 2025. PACE assessments are
generally non-rated pass-through securities with no structural protections or guarantees added at the security level.
Our Business Strategy
We have a clearly defined mission to be America’s socially responsible bank, empowering organizations and individuals to
advance positive change. Our differentiated model of providing relationship-based, personalized-service and customized solutions
while sharing our customers’ values has driven the growth of our commercial banking, trust and investment management, and
contributes to our consumer banking businesses.
We expect to further enhance our franchise value by continuing to develop organic relationships with our target customer base in
existing markets, expanding strategically into new geographies while maintaining our risk and expense discipline. We believe this
will drive growth in our core banking business and our trust and investment management business. Protecting our banking
franchise also requires disciplined risk and expense management, which we believe is essential to our business strategy.
Commitment to our customers’ values is a central tenet of our differentiated business model and we expect it to continue to serve
as the pillar of our broader business strategy.
Focus on Deposit-led Organic Growth
Our primary goal is to develop organic relationships in our target customer segments to support the growth of our high quality,
low-cost core deposit base. Our growth has been achieved by providing relationship-based, personalized-service and customized
solutions. The success of our deposit gathering strategy has enabled us to become a primarily core deposit-funded institution,
resulting in a lower cost funding base. Core deposits, which include checking accounts, money market accounts, and savings
accounts, totaled $7.75 billion as of December 31, 2025 and represented 97% of total deposits. Our deposit strategy enables us to
attract commercial depositors that also borrow and invest with us. Our total deposit growth has increased at a 5.8% compound
annual growth rate over the last five years. We believe our reputation within our target customer base positions us well to sustain
our growth trajectory.
Geographic Expansion
We consider strategic expansions into new geographic markets that share the same characteristics as our other current markets
with a dense constituency of socially responsible organizations and individuals. We demonstrated our ability to grow through our
expansion into Washington, D.C. and through the completed acquisition of New Resource Bank in 2018, based in San Francisco.
In 2020, we opened our first commercial office in Boston as part of our efforts to expand organically into new markets. We intend
to continue evaluating opportunities to efficiently expand our geographic footprint into other large metropolitan areas throughout
the United States.
8
Trust and Investment Management Business
Our Trust and Investment Management business has been dedicated to serving the investment needs of our institutional clients for
more than 50 years. We are committed to fostering strong client relationships and unparalleled understanding of our clients’ goals
and objectives. Our investment strategies consist of both index and actively-managed portfolios spanning across Equity and Fixed
Income asset classes. As of December 31, 2025, we had $38.63 billion of assets under custody and $16.63 billion of assets under
management. The growth of our commercial banking business has fueled the continued growth of our trust and investment
management business, as approximately one-third of our trust and investment management clients utilize our deposit products.
Our existing commercial clients have large trust and investment management needs. Our current infrastructure provides the
necessary scale to increase our market presence among corporations, endowments, foundations and family offices. Invesco serves
as our primary investment management subadvisor, bringing significant scale and experience to our investment management
business, with over $2.17 trillion in assets under management, as of December 2025. Invesco has a wide range of investment
management services across asset classes, with experience in Taft-Hartley plans, and a significant range of social responsibility
investment products aligned with our mission.
Prudent Approach to Asset Allocation
Our business model has historically generated a substantial source of low-cost core deposits and we believe that it will continue to
do so. As noted above, our target deposit customers have historically had limited credit needs and we do not expect that these
needs will change meaningfully. As such, our business model gives us access to excess liquidity, which we intend to prudently
manage to optimize risk-adjusted returns. We expect that our lending strategy will continue to consist of commercial real estate
loans, C&I loans, and clean energy project finance, as well as purchases of high-quality loans such as government guaranteed
loans supported by the Small Business Administration or the United States Department of Agriculture, or syndicated loans
originated by other financial institutions with a track record of strong credit quality and prudent underwriting.
Underwriting and Credit Risk Management
Underwriting. Certain credit risks are inherent in all loans. These include risks resulting from uncertainties in the future value of
collateral, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions, changing regulatory requirements, and risks inherent
in dealing with individual borrowers. Although we both originate and purchase pools of loans, we apply the following
underwriting standards to all of our loans. We attempt to mitigate repayment risks by adhering to internal credit limits, a multi-
layered approval process for loans, documentation examination, and follow-up procedures for any exceptions to credit policies.
Our management, lending officers and credit administration team emphasize a strong risk management culture which is supported
by comprehensive policies and procedures for credit underwriting, funding and administration that we believe has enabled us to
maintain sound asset quality. Our underwriting methodology emphasizes analysis of enterprise cash flow coverage, property cash
flow in the case of real estate loans, loan to collateral value, and obtaining personal guaranties where appropriate. For project
finance transactions, consideration of developer experience and financial stability and quality of off take contracts is paramount.
Also, in the case of most income-property loans, we require that borrowers are special purpose entities.
Our Board of Directors has delegated oversight responsibility for our credit risk functions to its Credit Policy Committee, which is
responsible for setting our credit risk appetite and approving our credit policy. This policy is updated periodically and reviewed in
its entirety annually. Our Board has established a management level Credit Committee, which is charged with updating and
administering our credit policy, subject to the Credit Policy Committee’s approval. The Management Credit Committee reviews
and has the authority to approve, delay or deny requests for new and existing credit exposures within the limits and practices
established by our credit policy. Among other responsibilities, the Management Credit Committee reviews and approves (i) all
C&I and CRE non-multifamily commercial credit exposure requests greater than $20 million; (ii) CRE multifamily credit
exposure requests greater than $20 million; and (iii) approves residential lending credit requests of more than $3 million. The
Credit Policy Committee must approve any loan over $35 million, as well as specific programs that are new to the Bank or are
subject to heightened risk.
Our Management Credit Committee includes our Chief Credit Risk Officer, Chief Banking Officer, Director of Commercial
Banking, Treasurer, Senior CRE Credit Officer, Senior C&I Credit Officer, Director of Climate and C&I Lending, Director of
Commercial Real Estate, and Director of C&I and Climate Underwriting and Loan Administration. Our Management Credit
Committee generally meets weekly to evaluate and approve credits brought by loan officers. Prior to submitting a loan for
approval, the loan will have gone through several rounds of underwriting and credit review starting with deal screens,
underwriting performed by the lending unit, a review of the underwriting by our Credit Risk Management team, submission of a
formal credit application memorandum that is also reviewed by our Credit Risk Management team, and an approval to move
forward by a Senior Credit Officer. Particularly, during the underwriting process and prior to presentation to the Management
9
Credit Committee, the collateral properties on multifamily and CRE loans are visited by the originating relationship manager.
There are no automatic factors that preclude a loan from being approved as we focus on the totality of the credit opportunity
including the borrower’s financial strength, industry, loan structure, strategic fit, and economics. In evaluating each potential loan
relationship, we adhere to a disciplined underwriting evaluation process which includes, but is not limited to, the following:
•
understanding the customer’s financial condition and ability to repay the loan;
•
verifying that the primary and secondary sources of repayment are adequate in relation to the amount and structure
of the loan;
•
observing appropriate LTV guidelines for collateral secured loans;
•
maintaining our targeted levels of diversification for the loan portfolio, both as to type of borrower, industry and
geographic location of collateral;
•
ensuring that each loan is properly documented with perfected liens on collateral; and
•
the purpose of the loan.
Our policy is to lend to, and invest our own money in, industries that match the expertise of the Bank, in which we have extensive
experience and understand both the specific and inherent risks of individual asset classes for which we have a demonstrated track
record. The Bank does not lend to, or invest our own money in, sectors where we do not have the personnel or institutional track
record to properly assess the risks at the necessary level to make such credit determinations, nor sectors inconsistent with the risk-
adjusted revenue growth strategies of the enterprise, as prescribed by our Risk Appetite Statement and reflected in the Bank’s
Credit Risk Policy. The Bank maintains a restricted industries and activities list according to its risk appetite; a loan falling within
a restricted industry or activity may still be approved on an exception basis. The review of such a loan must include a review of
the mitigations for the exception and a reason to continue considering the loan.
We use third party appraisers to appraise the properties on which we make CRE loans. We choose these appraisers from a group
of qualified individuals and firms based on the specific type of property and the geographic area in which the property is located.
The appraisal review process has been outsourced. The Bank's Senior CRE Credit Officer (in his dual-capacity as Chief
Appraiser) selects the appraising individual or firm (from a Bank-approved list), orders the appraisal, then engages an unrelated
appraiser to conduct a formal appraisal review of the submitted appraisal report. The full process is managed by the Credit Risk
Management Group. For multifamily and CRE loans, our policies are to obtain an appraisal on each loan and, generally, to not
exceed an LTV of 80% and 75%, respectively.
Residential real estate loans are underwritten in accordance with the Bank’s credit policies, which consider borrower
creditworthiness, collateral value, and regulatory lending standards, and are secured by residential properties. Loan structures and
pricing are designed to manage credit risk and support the Bank’s overall asset quality and balance sheet objectives. The Bank's
general policy is not to exceed an LTV of 80% unless the borrower obtains mortgage insurance.
Loans to One Borrower. In accordance with “loans-to-one-borrower” regulations promulgated by the New York State Department
of Financial Services ("NYDFS"), we are generally limited to lending no more than 15% of our unimpaired capital and
unimpaired surplus to any one borrower or borrowing entity. This limit may be increased by an additional 10% for loans secured
by readily marketable collateral having a market value, as determined by reliable and continuously available price quotations, at
least equal to the amount of funds outstanding. To qualify for this additional 10%, we must perfect a security interest in the
collateral, and the collateral must have a market value at all times of at least 100% of the loan amount that exceeds 15% of our
unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. At December 31, 2025, our regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was
approximately $134 million. Our Management Credit Committee approval limit is $35 million; any loan over $35 million must be
approved by the Credit Policy Committee or their approved delegate(s). We regularly monitor concentration risk, which is the risk
of lending too much to one particular customer or type of customer. Our loan policy establishes detailed concentration limits and
sub limits by loan type and geography. Our Credit Policy Committee reviews our concentration reports on a quarterly basis and
approves the concentration limits annually.
Ongoing Credit Risk Management. Credit risk management involves a collaboration among our loan officers or relationship
managers, underwriters, and credit approval, credit administration, portfolio management and collections or loan workout
personnel. We apply our collection policies uniformly to both our portfolio loans and loans serviced for others. We conduct
monthly loan quality meetings, attended by representatives from each of the aforementioned groups, including the business unit
leaders. Our Loan Quality Committee is our executive and senior management governing body for monitoring loans that have
classified or criticized regulatory risk ratings, or as determined by our Chief Credit Risk Officer or Senior Credit Officers.
10
Criticized loans are special mention loans as they show potential weakness that may result in the deterioration of future
repayment. Classified loans are substandard loans and doubtful loans.
•
Special Mention assets have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected,
these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s
credit position at some future date.
•
Substandard assets are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of
the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, that jeopardize
the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the bank will sustain some loss if
the deficiencies are not corrected. For some Substandard assets, the likelihood of full collection of interest and
principal may be in doubt; such assets should be placed on non-accrual.
•
Doubtful assets have all the weaknesses inherent in one classified Substandard with the added characteristic that the
weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values,
highly questionable and improbable.
Our review of classified and criticized loans includes an evaluation of the market conditions, the property’s (or business entity’s)
trends, the borrower and guarantor status, and loan accrual status.
Our Loan Quality Committee also reviews: delinquent loans, upcoming maturities, credit review cycles, and other credit
monitoring reports across segments of the loan portfolio. The Loan Quality Committee has approval authority for loan
amendments and credit risk rating changes for reviewed credit exposures. A credit risk rating change requires a majority vote of
the Loan Quality Committee and is reported to the Credit Policy Committee.
In accordance with our policy, we perform annual asset reviews of our multifamily, CRE, and C&I loans. All C&I loans in excess
of $1 million are reviewed at least annually, or quarterly based on size and credit criteria. Pass-rated CRE and multifamily loans
are reviewed annually or biannually based on size and location, and all criticized and classified loans are reviewed monthly. As
part of these credit reviews, we analyze recent financial statements of the borrower and any additional market data that may
impact the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. Upon completion, we update the risk rating assigned to each loan. Relationship
managers are encouraged to bring potential credit issues to the attention of credit administration personnel. Our credit policy
requires at least 50% of our loans to be reviewed by an independent third party credit review firm to ensure that our assigned risk
ratings are appropriate. The loans are typically selected by the independent third-party credit review firm except that the reviewer
must review all loans with over $25 million exposure, a sample of pass-rated CRE loans with balances greater than $15 million, a
sample of pass-rated CRE borrowers with relationship commitments greater than $25 million, a sample of C&I loans with
relationship commitments exceeding $10 million exposure, a sample of construction, land development and farmland loans with
commitments greater than $1 million, a sample of new individual loan commitments exceeding $5 million booked since the prior
review, a sample of loans in our lowest pass-rated risk rating with exposures over $10 million, and a sample of criticized or
classified loans with relationship commitments greater than $1 million. Additional loans may be selected to complete the sample
size, and additional targeted reviews may also be requested based upon portfolio composition, local events, industry/market
events or other factors.
Management reviews the reports prepared by the independent reviewers and presents these reports to the Credit Policy Committee
of the Board. These asset review procedures provide management and the Board with additional information for assessing our
asset quality.
Climate Risk Management
Climate-related risks are composed of (1) transitional risks, which are risks associated with the transition towards a low-carbon
economy, (2) physical risks, which consist of the physical impacts from climate change including increased frequency and
severity of natural disasters, sea levels rising, and extreme temperatures, and (3) regulatory risk as local, state and federal policy
makers respond to the climate crisis with new regulations and market influence designed to speed up the transition to a low-
carbon economy, mitigate climate risk and protect the economy from climate impacts. These impacts and events have broad
material implications on business operations, supply chains, distribution channels, customers, and markets. The impacts of
transition risk can lead to and amplify credit risk or market risk by reducing our customers’ operating income or the value of their
assets as well as expose us to reputational and/or litigation risk due to increased regulatory scrutiny or negative public sentiment.
Physical risk can lead to increased credit risk by diminishing borrowers’ repayment capacity or impacting the value of collateral.
11
We closely monitor the stability in the insurance markets and the impact of climate losses on the availability and pricing of
insurance for the real estate sector. Disruption in these markets could impact the economic circumstances of borrowers, the
valuation of assets and borrower ability to meet lending terms on insurance coverage.
We embed climate risk into our business strategy, and we are committed to ambitious action through risk management programs.
The Bank uses the Task Force on Climate Related Financial Disclosures ("TCFD") framework across governance, strategy, risk
management and targets for disclosing clear, comparable and consistent information about our risks and opportunities presented
by climate change. Our climate risk mitigation efforts are communicated through our Net Zero Climate Target Report, which is
our plan to measure our impact, set targets that guide our business growth and the impact we have in the world, and to be
transparent about what this will mean for our business and operations. Similarly, our annual CSR report includes the key pillars of
TCFD reporting and our approach to climate risk management. The Bank has onboarded the use of software to identify climate
change physical risk in order to provide our first and second line managers the data needed to evaluate risk at an asset and
portfolio level. The capacity to look across timelines, financial consequences of climate impacts and risk tolerances is an
important mitigant for managing climate risk. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference in this report.
With respect to operational risk, we maintain business continuity plans that factor in extreme weather events and our ability to
adapt to physical events that change our access to certain locations. This plan is maintained by management and reviewed by the
Enterprise Risk Oversight Committee of the board on an annual basis.
With respect to regulatory and policy risk, regulators at the federal level and at NYDFS have outlined approaches and
expectations for supervision of climate risk for financial institutions, including banks.
Information Security and Technology Systems
We recognize the critical role of technology in driving operational efficiency and maintaining competitive advantage in today’s
financial services landscape. We make investments in order to maintain scalable, efficient, secure and modern scalable
information technology systems. We outsource a significant portion of our processing and services, which allows us to leverage
vendors’ economies of scale and enables us to expand our capabilities as needed without the burden of legacy infrastructure. We
work with our third-party vendors to ensure we are utilizing their applications efficiently and to their fullest capability. We use an
integrated core system to originate and process loan and deposit accounts, which provides us with a high degree of automation,
improves customer experience and reduces costs.
We are dedicated to continuously enhancing our cybersecurity measures through a multi-layered defense strategy that safeguards
customers and confidential data. By actively monitoring the cybersecurity threat landscape, especially within the financial
services sector, we stay ahead of emerging trends and threats. Our Information Security Department diligently identifies and
assesses risks, implementing appropriate mitigating controls. Regular security awareness training sessions are conducted to boost
employee awareness of cyber threats. Additionally, we maintain both our primary and disaster recovery sites in colocation data
centers and regularly conduct business continuity and disaster recovery exercises to ensure our contingency plans are effective
and robust.
Human Capital Management
Our People
As of December 31, 2025, we had 450 employees, approximately 21% of whom are represented by a collective bargaining
agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good and have not experienced interruptions of operations due
to labor disagreements. All employees are aware of our stance in supporting organized labor and workers' rights.
Four of our service employees at our headquarters, responsible for mechanical and technical repairs, are covered by a 2024
Independent Office Agreement effective January 1, 2024, between us and Local 32BJ, Service Employees International Union,
which shall expire at the conclusion of December 31, 2027, for those persons employed by the Bank. The agreement generally
governs, among other things, the subject employee’s compensation, vacation, severance, and working conditions and provides the
union will only strike under very limited circumstances.
Certain of our office and clerical employees are covered by the Collective Bargaining Agreement between us and the Office and
Professional Employees International Union ("OPEIU") local 153. The agreement generally governs, among other things, the
subject employees’ compensation, vacation, severance, and working conditions and contains a “no-strike” clause, whereby, during
the term of the agreement, the union will not strike and we will not initiate a lockout. On November 29, 2024, the Company and
12
the OPEIU entered into a new Collective Bargaining Agreement, which (i) extended the term of the Collective Bargaining
Agreement to June 30, 2026, (ii) provided for a 3.5% wage increase per annum for the term of the Agreement, and (iii) made
certain modifications to reflect improved terms, inclusive of a healthcare reimbursement.
Diversity is important to us and is a contributing factor to our ability to deliver on our growth strategy by ensuring a wide range of
client acquisition opportunities. Additionally, our Board of Directors is currently comprised of seven women, five racially or
ethnically diverse members, and one LGBTQ+ member. We believe maintaining and promoting a diverse and inclusive
workplace and ensuring equal pay for equal work is essential for our growth. We are committed to merit based strategies to
attract, retain, and develop top talent to create value for stockholders. In our employee recruitment and selection process and
operation of our business, we adhere to equal employment opportunity policies and provide annual employee trainings on ethics
and workplace conduct. We have established employee resource groups to support employees and help cultivate a healthy
workplace culture. As of December 31, 2025, approximately 55% of our employees identify as women and women hold 16 of 42
senior management positions, and 63% of our employees identify as minorities and they hold 40% of senior management
positions.
Competitive Pay/Benefits
To attract and retain talent, we offer a comprehensive compensation and benefits package that includes health insurance, pension,
savings plans, employee stock purchase plan and tuition reimbursement. Since 2021, we have participated in the Living Wage
Initiative along with a select group of corporate leaders with strong human capital management track records and we are certified
as a Living Wage Employer.
We engage a nationally recognized outside compensation and benefits consulting firm to independently evaluate the effectiveness
of our executive pay programs and to benchmark them against those of industry peers. We align our executives’ pay with
performance by linking incentive pay to financial performance, and we have stock ownership requirements for senior executives
and our Board of Directors.
We publish in our CSR Report annual data on employee recruitment, advancement and retention, and an analysis of pay equity,
which is an analysis conducted for the purposes of identifying whether there is the presence of statistically significant pay
differences in our practices that potentially penalize any one demographic group or protected class versus another through the lens
of specific legally defined categories.
Promotions and Tenure
From December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025, approximately 9% of our workforce was promoted. The average tenure of our
employees is approximately six years.
Culture and Employee Engagement
Our President and Chief Executive Officer, and members of executive management, hold town hall-style meetings in-person and
virtually with all employees, covering topics such as business strategy and outlook, our competitive landscape, emerging industry
trends, employee recognition, and includes a question and answer session with management. We believe this format, in addition
to other on-going interactions between leadership and employees, promotes strong and productive conversations across our
organization that foster alignment across the company to deliver shareholder value through our differentiated business model.
Health and Safety
The health and safety of our employees and customers is our highest priority. We leverage federal, state, and local guidelines and
requirements, in addition to consultation with an external healthcare consulting firm to guide our health and safety protocols.
Significant Subsidiaries
The Company owns all of the capital stock of the Bank.
The Bank owns a subsidiary, Amalgamated Real Estate Management Company (“AREMCO”), which was formed to serve as a
consolidated real estate investment trust holding certain of our purchased and originated loans. During the year ending December
31, 2024, the holders of the voting stock and the Board of Directors of AREMCO approved a plan of liquidation of AREMCO.
All stockholders of AREMCO were paid a liquidating distribution in accordance with the terms of the respective classes of
securities. The legal dissolution of AREMCO should be finalized in 2026.
13
The Bank also has several other insignificant subsidiaries, including subsidiaries to hold our other real estate owned property
("OREO"), which is real estate property owned by us that is not directly related to our business.
Available Information
We provide our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments
to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act on our website at
www.amalgamatedbank.com under the Investor Relations section. These filings are made accessible as soon as reasonably
practicable after they have been filed electronically with the SEC. These reports are also available free of charge on the SEC's
website at www.sec.gov. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
14
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
Both the Company and the Bank are subject to extensive banking regulations that impose restrictions on and provide for general
regulatory oversight of their operations. These laws generally are intended primarily for the protection of customers, depositors
and other consumers, the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”), and the banking system as a whole; not for the protection
of our other creditors and stockholders.
The following discussion is not intended to be a complete list of all the activities regulated by the banking laws or of the impact of
those laws and regulations on our operations. The following is a general summary of the material aspects of certain statutes and
regulations applicable to us. These summary descriptions are not complete, and you should refer to the full text of the statutes,
regulations, and corresponding guidance for more information. These statutes and regulations are subject to change, and
additional statutes, regulations, and corresponding guidance may be adopted. We are unable to predict these future changes or the
effects, if any, that these changes could have on our business, revenues, and results of operations.
Legislative and Regulatory Developments
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”)
The Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law in July 2010 and impacts financial institutions in numerous ways, including:
•
The creation of a Financial Stability Oversight Council responsible for monitoring and managing systemic risk;
•
Granting additional authority to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve (the “Federal Reserve”) to regulate
certain types of nonbank financial companies;
•
Granting new authority to the FDIC as liquidator and receiver;
•
Changing the manner in which deposit insurance assessments are made;
•
Requiring regulators to modify capital standards;
•
Establishing the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”);
•
Capping interchange fees that certain banks charge merchants for debit card transactions;
•
Imposing more stringent requirements on mortgage lenders; and
•
Limiting banks’ proprietary trading activities.
There are many provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act mandating regulators to adopt new regulations and conduct studies upon which
future regulation may be based. While some have been issued, many remain to be issued. In 2025, key regulatory updates focused
on easing capital requirements for large institutions, reconsidering small business lending data rules, and streamlining supervisory
practices, including by focusing examinations on material financial risks. For example, in October 2025, joint agencies issued a
proposed rule to define the term “unsafe or unsound practice” to refer to whether a practice is likely to materially harm, or has
materially harmed, the financial condition of an institution. Transition costs and uncertainty in regulations could materially and
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Amalgamated Financial Corp.
The Company owns 100% of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank, and is considered to be a bank holding company
registered under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”). As a result, we are primarily subject to the
supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act and its regulations promulgated
thereunder.
Permitted Activities. Under the BHC Act, a bank holding company is generally permitted to engage in, or acquire direct or
indirect control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in, the following activities:
•
banking or managing or controlling banks;
•
furnishing services to or performing services for our subsidiaries; and
15
•
any activity that the Federal Reserve determines to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the
business of banking.
Activities that the Federal Reserve has found to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident to the business of
banking include:
•
factoring accounts receivable;
•
making, acquiring, brokering or servicing loans and usual related activities;
•
leasing personal or real property;
•
operating a non-bank depository institution, such as a savings association;
•
trust company functions;
•
financial and investment advisory activities;
•
conducting discount securities brokerage activities;
•
underwriting and dealing in government obligations and money market instruments;
•
providing specified management consulting and counseling activities;
•
performing selected data processing services and support services;
•
acting as agent or broker in selling credit life insurance and other types of insurance in connection with credit
transactions; and
•
performing selected insurance underwriting activities.
As a bank holding company, the Company can elect to be treated as a “financial holding company,” which would allow it to
engage in a broader array of activities. In summary, a financial holding company can engage in activities that are financial in
nature or incidental or complementary to financial activities, including insurance underwriting, sales and brokerage activities,
providing financial and investment advisory services, underwriting services and limited merchant banking activities. We are
contemplating seeking designation as a financial holding company. In order to elect financial holding company status, at the time
of such election, each insured depository institution that the Company controls must be well capitalized, well managed and have
at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act.
The Federal Reserve has the authority to order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any of these activities or to
terminate its ownership or control of any subsidiary when it has reasonable cause to believe that the bank holding company’s
continued ownership, activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of it or any of its
bank subsidiaries.
Recently, regulators have focused on streamlining supervision, adjusting capital requirements for large institutions, and increasing
transparency in stress testing required under the BHC Act. The Federal Reserve's Statement of Supervisory Operating Principles,
issued in November 2025, represents a significant shift in the scope and methodology of bank supervision, directing staff to focus
on material financial risks (capital, liquidity, and overall safety and soundness) over technical or procedural risks.
Expansion Activities
The BHC Act requires a bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before merging with another
bank holding company, acquiring substantially all the assets of any bank or bank holding company, or acquiring directly or
indirectly any ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank. A bank holding company is also prohibited
from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company engaged in
nonbanking activities, other than those determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper
incident to the business of banking.
16
Change in Control
Two statutes, the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with regulations promulgated under them, require some
form of regulatory review before any company may acquire “control” of a bank or a bank holding company. Under the BHC Act,
control is deemed to exist if a company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank holding company;
controls the election of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; or exercises a controlling influence over the
management or policies of a bank or bank holding company. The Federal Reserve has clarified and codified its standards for
determining whether one company has control over another. There are four categories of tiered presumptions of noncontrol that
are based on the percentage of voting shares held by the investor (less than 5%, 5-9.9%, 10-14.9% and 15-24.9%) and the
presence of other indicia of control. As the percentage of ownership increases, fewer indicia of control are permitted without
falling outside of the presumption of noncontrol. These indicia of control include nonvoting equity ownership, director
representation, management interlocks, business relationship and restrictive contractual covenants. Under the final rule, investors
can hold up to 24.9% of the voting securities and up to 33% of the total equity of a company without necessarily having a
controlling influence. State laws, including New York law, require state approval before an acquirer may become the holding
company of a state bank.
Under the Change in Bank Control Act, a person or company is required to file a notice with the Federal Reserve if it will, as a
result of the transaction, own or control 10% or more of any class of voting securities or direct the management or policies of a
bank or bank holding company and either if the bank or bank holding company has registered securities or if the acquirer would
be the largest holder of that class of voting securities after the acquisition. For a change in control at the holding company level,
both the Federal Reserve and the subsidiary bank's primary federal regulator must approve the change in control; at the bank
level, only the bank’s primary federal regulator is involved. Transactions subject to the BHC Act are exempt from Change in
Control Act requirements. For state banks, state laws, including that of New York, typically require approval by the state bank
regulator as well.
Source of Strength
There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed by law and regulatory policy on bank holding companies with regard
to their depository institution subsidiaries that are designed to minimize potential loss to depositors and to the FDIC insurance
funds in the event that the depository institution becomes in danger of defaulting under its obligations to repay deposits. Under a
policy of the Federal Reserve, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary
depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it might not do so absent such
policy. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, to avoid receivership of its insured
depository institution subsidiary, a bank holding company is required to guarantee the compliance of any insured depository
institution subsidiary that may become “undercapitalized” within the terms of any capital restoration plan filed by such subsidiary
with its appropriate federal banking agency up to the lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the institution’s total assets at the time
the institution became undercapitalized, or (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the
institution into compliance with all applicable capital standards as of the time the institution fails to comply with such capital
restoration plan.
The Federal Reserve also has the authority under the BHC Act to require a bank holding company to terminate any activity or
relinquish control of a nonbank subsidiary (other than a nonbank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve's determination
that such activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial soundness or stability of any subsidiary depository institution
of the bank holding company. Further, federal law grants federal bank regulatory authorities’ additional discretion to require a
bank holding company to divest itself of any bank or nonbank subsidiary if the agency determines that divestiture may aid the
depository institution's financial condition.
In addition, the “cross guarantee” provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) require insured depository
institutions under common control to reimburse the FDIC for any loss suffered or reasonably anticipated by the FDIC as a result
of the default of a commonly controlled insured depository institution or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to a commonly
controlled insured depository institution in danger of default. The FDIC’s claim for damages is superior to claims of stockholders
of the insured depository institution or its holding company, but is subordinate to claims of depositors, secured creditors and
holders of subordinated debt (other than affiliates) of the commonly controlled insured depository institutions.
The FDIA also provides that amounts received from the liquidation or other resolution of any insured depository institution by
any receiver must be distributed (after payment of secured claims) to pay the deposit liabilities of the institution prior to payment
of any other general or unsecured senior liability, subordinated liability, general creditor or stockholder. This provision would
17
give depositors a preference over general and subordinated creditors and stockholders in the event a receiver is appointed to
distribute the assets of our Company.
Any capital loans by a bank holding company to any of its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to
certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the
bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the
bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.
Capital Requirements and Payment of Dividends
The Federal Reserve imposes certain capital requirements on the bank holding companies under the BHC Act, including a
minimum leverage ratio and a minimum ratio of “qualifying” capital to risk-weighted assets. These requirements are essentially
the same as those that apply to the Bank and are described below under “Amalgamated Bank—Capital and Related
Requirements” Subject to our capital requirements and certain other restrictions, including the consent of the Federal Reserve, we
are able to borrow money to make a capital contribution to the Bank, and these loans may be repaid from dividends paid from the
Bank to the Company.
The Company’s ability to pay dividends to its stockholders may be affected by both general corporate law considerations and
policies of the Federal Reserve applicable to bank holding companies. As a Delaware public benefit corporation, the Company is
subject to the limitations of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"). The DGCL allows the Company to pay dividends
only out of its surplus (as defined and computed in accordance with the provisions of the DGCL) or if the Company has no such
surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.
As a general matter, the Federal Reserve has indicated that the Board of Directors of a bank holding company should eliminate,
defer or significantly reduce dividends to stockholders if: (a) the company’s net income available to stockholders for the past four
quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (b) the prospective rate
of earnings retention is inconsistent with the company’s capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or
(c) the company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. The Federal
Reserve also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy
actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the
ability to proscribe the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies. In addition, under the Basel III capital rules,
financial institutions that seek to pay dividends will have to maintain the 2.5% capital conservation buffer. See “Amalgamated
Bank—Capital and Related Requirements.”
Restrictions on Affiliate Transactions
The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank and its other subsidiaries. Various legal limitations restrict the
Bank from lending or otherwise supplying funds to the Company or its non-bank subsidiaries. The Company and the Bank are
subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Federal Reserve Regulation W.
Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act places limits on the amount of loans or extensions of credit by a bank to any affiliate,
including its holding company, and on a bank’s investments in, or certain other transactions with, affiliates and on the amount of
advances to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations any of affiliates of the bank. Section 23A also applies to
derivative transactions, repurchase agreements and securities lending and borrowing transactions that cause a bank to have credit
exposure to an affiliate. The aggregate of all covered transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of the
Bank’s capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus. Furthermore, within the
foregoing limitations as to amount, each covered transaction must meet specified collateral requirements. The Bank is forbidden
to purchase low quality assets from an affiliate.
Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, among other things, prohibits a bank from engaging in certain transactions with certain
affiliates unless the transactions are on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same,
or at least as favorable to such bank or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with or
involving other nonaffiliated companies. If there are no comparable transactions, a bank’s (or one of its subsidiaries’) affiliate
transaction must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to, or would
apply to, nonaffiliated companies. These requirements apply to all transactions subject to Section 23A as well as to certain other
transactions.
18
The affiliates of a bank include any holding company of the bank, any other company under common control with the bank
(including any company controlled by the same stockholders who control the bank), any subsidiary of the bank that is itself a
bank, any company in which the majority of the directors or trustees also constitute a majority of the directors or trustees of the
bank or holding company of the bank, any company sponsored and advised on a contractual basis by the bank or an affiliate, and
any mutual fund advised by a bank or any of the bank’s affiliates. Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings
association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve decides to treat these
subsidiaries as affiliates.
Amalgamated Bank
General
As a New York state-chartered bank with FDIC-insured deposits, we are examined, supervised and regulated by the NYDFS, our
primary regulator and the FDIC, our primary federal regulator. The statutes enforced by, and regulations and policies of, these
agencies affect most aspects of our business, including prescribing the permissible scope of our activities, permissible types of
loans and investments, the amount of required reserves, requirements for branch offices, and various other requirements.
New York Law
As a New York-chartered bank, New York law governs our licensing and regulation, including organizational and capital
requirements, fiduciary powers, investment authority, branch offices and electronic terminals, cybersecurity standards declaration
of dividends, changes of control and mergers, out of state activities, interstate branching and banking, debt offerings, borrowing
limits, limits on loans to one obligor, liquidation, sale of shares or options in Amalgamated to its directors, officers, employees
and others, the purchase by Amalgamated of its own shares, and the issuance of capital notes or debentures. The NYDFS is
charged with our supervision and regulation.
Unsecured loans to one person generally may not exceed 15% of the sum of our capital stock, surplus fund and undivided profits,
allowance and capital notes and debentures, and both secured and unsecured loans to one person (excluding certain secured
lending and letters of credit) at any given time generally may not exceed 25% of the sum of our capital stock, surplus fund and
undivided profits allowance and capital notes and debentures. We are required to invest our funds in accordance with limitations
under New York law and may only make investments that are permissible investments for banks, subject to any limitations under
any other applicable law.
In addition to remedies available to the FDIC (which are discussed below), the Superintendent of the NYDFS may take
possession of our bank if certain conditions exist, such as conducting business in an unsafe or unauthorized manner, impairments
of capital, suspended payments of obligations, or violation of law.
FDIC
Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the fullest extent permissible by law. As an insurer of deposits, the FDIC issues
regulations, conducts examinations, requires the filing of reports and generally supervises the operations of all institutions to
which it provides deposit insurance. The approval of the FDIC is required for certain transactions in which we may engage,
including any merger or consolidation involving us, a change in control over us, or the establishment or relocation of any of our
branch offices. In reviewing applications seeking approval of such transactions, the FDIC may consider, among other things, the
competitive effect and public benefits of the transactions, the capital position, financial and managerial resources and future
prospects of the organizations involved in the transaction, the risks to the stability of the U.S. banking or financial system, the
applicant’s performance record under the Community Reinvestment Act (see “Community Reinvestment Act” below) and the
effectiveness of the organizations involved in the transaction in combating money laundering activities. The FDIC also has the
power to prohibit these and other transactions even if approval is not required, and could do so if we have otherwise failed to
comply with all laws and regulations applicable to us.
Safety and Soundness Regulation
As an insured depository institution, we are subject to prudential regulation and supervision and must undergo regular on-site
examinations by our banking agencies. The cost of examinations of insured depository institutions and any affiliates may be
assessed by the appropriate agency against each institution or affiliate as it deems necessary or appropriate. We file quarterly
consolidated reports of condition and income (“call reports”) with the NYDFS and FDIC. The FDIC has developed a method for
insured depository institutions to provide supplemental disclosure of the estimated fair market value of assets and liabilities, to the
19
extent feasible and practicable, in any balance sheet, financial statement, report of condition or any other report of any insured
depository institution.
The federal banking agencies have also adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards for all insured depository
institutions including our bank. The safety and soundness guidelines relate to, among other things, our internal controls,
information systems, internal audit systems, credit underwriting and documentation, compensation, fees, benefits, asset quality,
asset growth, earnings, and interest rate exposure. The standards assist the federal banking agencies with early identification and
resolution of problems at insured depository institutions. If we were to fail to meet these standards, the FDIC could require us to
submit a compliance plan and take enforcement action if an acceptable compliance plan were not submitted. In addition, the FDIC
could terminate our deposit insurance if it determines that our financial condition was unsafe or unsound or that we engaged in
unsafe or unsound practices that violated an applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed on us by our
regulators.
Payment of Dividends
The power of the Board of Directors of an insured depository institution to declare a cash dividend or other distribution with
respect to capital is subject to statutory and regulatory restrictions that limit the amount available for such distribution depending
upon earnings, financial condition and cash needs of the institution, as well as general business conditions. Insured depository
institutions are also prohibited from paying management fees to any controlling persons or, with certain limited exceptions,
making capital distributions, including dividends, if after such transaction the institution would be less than adequately
capitalized.
Under New York law, we are prohibited from declaring a dividend so long as there is any impairment of our capital stock. In
addition, we would be required to obtain approval from the NYDFS prior to declaring a dividend if the dividend would cause the
total aggregate amount of our dividends in the calendar year to exceed our total net profits for that calendar year combined with
retained net profits of the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred
stock.
Under certain circumstances, the FDIC may determine that the payment of a dividend would be an unsafe or unsound practice as a
result of our financial condition and to prohibit the payment thereof. In particular, the FDIC has stated that excessive dividends
can negate strong earnings performance and result in a weakened capital position and that dividends generally can be disbursed, in
reasonable amounts, only after losses are eliminated and necessary reserves and prudent capital levels are established. In addition,
the capital rules (and in particular, the capital conservation buffer, which was fully phased-in on January 1, 2019), require us to
maintain a 2.5% capital conservation buffer in Common Equity Tier 1 capital in order to pay a cash dividend. See “Capital and
Related Requirements.”
Capital and Related Requirements
We are subject to comprehensive capital adequacy requirements intended to protect against losses that we may incur. Regulatory
capital rules adopted in July 2013 and fully phased in as of January 1, 2019, which we refer to as Basel III, impose minimum
capital requirements for bank holding companies and banks. The Basel III rules apply to all state and national banks and savings
and loan associations regardless of size and bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies other than "small
bank holding companies," generally holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $3 billion. More stringent
requirements are imposed on “advanced approaches” banking organizations—those organizations with $250 billion or more in
total consolidated assets, $10 billion or more in total foreign exposures, or that have opted into the Basel II capital regime.
The rules include certain higher risk-based capital and leverage requirements than those previously in place. Specifically, we are
required to maintain the following minimum capital requirements:
•
a common equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%;
•
a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6%;
•
a total risk-based capital ratio of 8%; and
•
a leverage ratio of 4%.
20
Under Basel III, Tier 1 capital includes two components: CET1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital. The highest form of capital,
CET1 capital, consists solely of common stock (plus related surplus), retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive
income, otherwise referred to as AOCI, and limited amounts of minority interests that are in the form of common stock.
Additional Tier 1 capital is primarily comprised of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, Tier 1 minority interests and
grandfathered trust preferred securities. Tier 2 capital generally includes the allowance for credit losses up to 1.25% of risk-
weighted assets, qualifying preferred stock, subordinated debt and qualifying tier 2 minority interests, less any deductions in Tier
2 instruments of an unconsolidated financial institution. AOCI is presumptively included in CET1 capital and often would operate
to reduce this category of capital. When implemented, Basel III provided a one-time opportunity for covered banking
organizations to opt out of much of this treatment of AOCI. We made this opt-out election in order to avoid significant variations
in the level of capital depending upon the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of our investment securities
portfolio.
In addition, in order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executives, under Basel III, a
banking organization must maintain a “capital conservation buffer” on top of its minimum risk-based capital requirements. This
buffer must consist solely of Tier 1 Common Equity, but the buffer applies to all three risk-based measurements (CET1, Tier 1
capital and total capital). The 2.5% capital conservation buffer was phased in incrementally over time, and became fully effective
for us on January 1, 2019, resulting in the following effective minimum capital plus capital conservation buffer ratios: (i) a CET1
capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5%.
In November 2019, the federal banking regulators published final rules implementing a simplified measure of capital adequacy
for certain banking organizations that have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets. Under the final rules, which went into
effect on January 1, 2020, banks and holding companies that have less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets and meet other
qualifying criteria, including a leverage ratio of greater than 9%, off-balance-sheet exposures of 25% or less of total consolidated
assets and trading assets plus trading liabilities of 5% or less of total consolidated assets, are deemed “qualifying community
banking organizations” and are eligible to opt into the “community bank leverage ratio framework.” A qualifying community
banking organization that elects to use the community bank leverage ratio framework and that maintains a leverage ratio of
greater than 9% is considered to have satisfied the generally applicable risk-based and leverage capital requirements under the
Basel III rules and, if applicable, is considered to have met the “well capitalized” ratio requirements for purposes of its primary
federal regulator’s prompt corrective action rules, discussed below. The final rules include a two-quarter grace period during
which a qualifying community banking organization that temporarily fails to meet any of the qualifying criteria, including the
greater-than-9% leverage capital ratio requirement, is generally still deemed “well capitalized” so long as the banking
organization maintains a leverage capital ratio greater than 8%. A banking organization that fails to maintain a leverage capital
ratio greater than 8% is not permitted to use the grace period and must comply with the generally applicable requirements under
the Basel III rules and file the appropriate regulatory reports. We do not have any immediate plans to elect to use the community
bank leverage ratio framework but may make such an election in the future.
Prompt Corrective Action
As an insured depository institution, we are required to comply with the capital requirements promulgated under the FDIA. The
FDIA requires each federal banking agency to take prompt corrective action (“PCA”) to resolve the problems of insured
depository institutions, including those that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios. The law requires each
federal banking agency to promulgate regulations defining the following five categories in which an insured depository institution
will be placed, based on the level of capital ratios: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly
undercapitalized,” or “critically undercapitalized.” As of December 31, 2025, our capital ratios exceeded the standard minimum
ratios established for a “well capitalized” institution, which are more rigorous than the ratios established for qualifying
community banking organizations.
The following is a list of the standard criteria for each PCA capital category:
•
Well Capitalized—The institution exceeds the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure. A
well-capitalized institution:
•
has total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or greater; and
•
has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater; and
•
has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% or greater; and
•
has a leverage capital ratio of 5% or greater; and
21
•
is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any
capital measure.
•
Adequately Capitalized—The institution meets the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure.
The institution may not make a capital distribution if it would result in the institution becoming
undercapitalized. An adequately capitalized institution:
•
has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or greater; and
•
has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater; and
•
has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5% or greater; and
•
has a leverage capital ratio of 4% or greater.
•
Undercapitalized—The institution fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure.
An undercapitalized institution:
•
has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%; or
•
has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%; or
•
has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.5% or greater; or
•
has a leverage capital ratio of less than 4%.
•
Significantly Undercapitalized—The institution is significantly below the required minimum level for any
relevant capital measure. A significantly undercapitalized institution:
•
has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6%; or
•
has a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4%; or
•
has a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 3% or greater; or
•
has a leverage capital ratio of less than 3%.
•
Critically Undercapitalized—The institution fails to meet a critical capital level set by the appropriate federal
banking agency. A critically undercapitalized institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal
to or less than 2%.
The FDIA generally prohibits a depository institution from making any capital distributions (including payment of a dividend) or
paying any management fee to its parent holding company if the depository institution would thereafter be “undercapitalized.”
Moreover, if the institution becomes less than adequately capitalized, it must adopt a capital restoration plan acceptable to the
FDIC. The institution also would become subject to increased regulatory oversight and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its
permissible activities. Except under limited circumstances consistent with an accepted capital restoration plan, an undercapitalized
institution may not grow. An undercapitalized institution may not acquire another institution, establish additional branch offices
or engage in any new line of business unless it is determined by the appropriate federal banking agency to be consistent with an
accepted capital restoration plan or unless the FDIC determines that the proposed action will further the purpose of PCA. A
critically undercapitalized institution is subject to having a receiver or conservator appointed to manage its affairs.
In addition to measures taken under the PCA provisions, insured banks may be subject to potential actions by the federal
regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation or any
condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include the
issuance of cease and desist orders that can be judicially enforced, the imposition of civil money penalties, the issuance of
directives to increase capital, formal and informal agreements, the imposition of a conservator or receiver, or removal and
prohibition orders against “institution-affiliated” parties, and termination of insurance of deposits. The NYDFS also has broad
powers to enforce compliance with New York laws and regulations.
22
Community Reinvestment Act Requirements
We are subject to certain requirements and reporting obligations under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”). The CRA
generally requires federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of a financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local
communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA further requires the agencies to take into account
our record of meeting community credit needs when evaluating applications for, among other things, new branches or mergers.
We are also subject to analogous state CRA requirements in New York and other states in which we may establish branch offices.
In connection with their assessments of CRA performance, the FDIC and NYDFS assign a rating of “outstanding,” “satisfactory,”
“needs to improve,” or “substantial noncompliance.” We received a “satisfactory” CRA Assessment Rating from both regulatory
agencies in our most recent examinations. The federal banking agencies may take compliance with such laws and CRA into
account when regulating and supervising other activities of the bank, including in acting on expansionary proposals.
In October 2023, federal bank agencies adopted a final rule to strengthen and modernize regulations implementing the CRA (the
"CRA Rule"), which requires evaluation of bank performance to further address inequities in access to credit, and which would
emphasize smaller-value loans and investments to low- and moderate-income communities. The CRA Rule also updates CRA
assessment areas to include activities associated with online and mobile banking, and adopts a metrics-based approach to CRA
evaluations of retail lending and community development financing. To date, a Texas court injunction is barring implementation
of the CRA Rule, and multiple agencies have jointly proposed a rule to rescind the CRA Rule entirely and revert to the 1995/2021
regulatory framework.
Fair Lending Requirements
We are subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting obligations involving lending operations. A number of laws and
regulations provide these fair lending requirements and reporting obligations, including, at the federal level, the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act (“ECOA”), as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act, and Regulation B, as well as the Fair Housing Act (“FHA”) and
regulations implementing FHA found at 24 C.F.R. Part 100. ECOA and Regulation B prohibit discrimination in any aspect of a
credit transaction based on a number of prohibited factors, including race or color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status,
age, the applicant’s receipt of income derived from public assistance programs, and the applicant’s exercise, in good faith, of any
right under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. ECOA and Regulation B include lending acts and practices that are specifically
prohibited, permitted, or required, and these laws and regulations proscribe data collection requirements, legal action statute of
limitations, and disclosure of the consumer’s ability to receive a copy of any appraisal(s) and valuation(s) prepared in connection
with certain loans secured by dwellings. FHA prohibits discrimination in all aspects of residential real-estate related transactions
based on prohibited factors, including race or color, national origin, religion, sex, familial status, and handicap. Fair lending
requirements can also be imposed at the state level, including through Section 296-A of the New York Executive Law.
In addition to prohibiting discrimination in credit transactions on the basis of prohibited factors, these laws and regulations can
cause a lender to be liable for policies that result in a disparate treatment of or have a disparate impact on a protected class of
persons. If a pattern or practice of lending discrimination is alleged by a regulator, then the matter may be referred by the agency
to the U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) for investigation. In December 2012, the DOJ and CFPB entered into a Memorandum
of Understanding under which the agencies have agreed to share information, coordinate investigations, and have generally
committed to strengthen their coordination efforts.
In addition to substantive penalties and corrective measures that may be required for a violation of certain fair lending laws, the
federal banking agencies may take compliance with fair lending requirements into account when regulating and supervising other
activities of the bank, including in acting on expansionary proposals
Fair Banking Initiatives
An August 2025 Executive Order, "Guaranteeing Fair Banking for All Americans," prohibits financial institutions from denying
services based on political or religious beliefs or lawful but "disfavored" business activities. As a result, federal agencies are
executing a phased overhaul of banking supervision to eliminate non-financial criteria in risk assessments. There are related
efforts to ensure transparency in AI-driven underwriting. These "debanking" initiatives include:
•
The GENIUS Act of 2025, which requires federal agencies to ensure that “reputable, law-abiding businesses” are not
excluded from the banking system without a clear legal or safety-and-soundness basis.
•
The NYDFS finalized rules in late 2025, which prohibit the use of reputational risk as a catch-all justification for closing
accounts or denying credit. Under the updated rules, banks must provide a 30-day notice for most account closures
(unless a crime is suspected) and offer a specific channel for customers to appeal the decision.
23
•
Certain states' enactment of anti-boycott regulations, restricting the states’ business with and investment in banks with
investment policies that exclude or reduce exposure to fossil-fuel-producing energy companies or with restrictions in
place for sensitive industries such as mining, timber production, or firearms manufacturing — particularly if these
industries are economically important to the state.
•
Banks' usage of AI for credit decisions are to provide “clear and specific” reasons for adverse actions, in accordance with
the Federal Reserve’s Supervisory Operating Principles issued in November 2025.
•
The NYDFS's requirement that banks maintain a comprehensive data lineage for AI models to prove they are not
inadvertently using proxies for protected classes, for example, zip codes as a proxy for race.
•
The Interagency Automated Valuation Models (“AVM”) Rule, which requires banks to implement quality control
standards to ensure that computer-generated property valuations are free from bias and maintain a high level of integrity.
Consumer Protection Regulations
Our activities are subject to a variety of statutes and regulations—both at the federal and state levels—designed to protect
consumers. This includes Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, which prohibits engaging in any unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or
practices (“UDAAP”). UDAAP claims involve detecting and assessing risks to consumers and to markets for consumer financial
products and services. Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by us are subject to state usury laws and federal laws
concerning interest rates. Our loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as:
•
the Truth-In-Lending Act (“TILA”) and Regulation Z, governing disclosures of credit and servicing terms to
consumer borrowers and including substantial new requirements for mortgage lending and servicing, as
mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act;
•
the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975 and Regulation C, requiring financial institutions to provide
information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its
obligation to help meet the housing needs of the communities it serves, and requiring collection and disclosure
of data about applicant and borrower characteristics to assist in identifying possible discriminatory lending
patterns and enforcing antidiscrimination statutes;
•
the ECOA and Regulation B, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, or other prohibited
factors in any aspect of a credit transaction;
•
the Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act and
Regulation V, as well as the rules and regulations of the FDIC governing the use of consumer reports and
provision of information to credit reporting agencies, certain identity theft protections and certain credit and
other disclosures;
•
the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act and Regulation F, governing the manner in which consumer debts may
be collected by collection agencies and intending to eliminate abusive, deceptive, and unfair debt collection
practices;
•
the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act (“RESPA”) and Regulation X, which governs aspects of residential
mortgage loans, including the settlement and servicing process, dictates certain disclosures to be provided to
consumers, and imposes other requirements related to compensation of service providers, insurance escrow
accounts, and loss mitigation procedures;
•
The Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act (“SAFE Act”) which mandates a nationwide
licensing and registration system for residential mortgage loan originators. The SAFE Act also prohibits
individuals from engaging in the business of a residential mortgage loan originator without first obtaining and
maintaining annually registration as either a federal or state licensed mortgage loan originator;
•
The Homeowners Protection Act (“HPA”), or the PMI Cancellation Act, provides requirements relating to
private mortgage insurance (PMI) on residential mortgages, including the cancelation and termination of PMI,
disclosure and notification requirements, and the requirement to return unearned premiums;
•
The FHA prohibits discrimination in all aspects of residential real-estate related transactions based on race or
color, national origin, religion, sex, and other prohibited factors;
•
The Servicemembers Civil Relief Act (“SCRA”) and Military Lending Act (“MLA”), providing certain
protections for servicemembers, members of the military, and their respective spouses, dependents and others;
and
24
•
Section 106(c)(5) of the Housing and Urban Development Act requires making home ownership available to
eligible homeowners.
Our deposit operations are also subject to federal laws, such as:
•
the FDIA, which, among other things, imposes a minimum amount of deposit insurance available per account to
$250,000 and imposes other limits on deposit-taking;
•
the Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain the confidentiality of consumer financial
records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
•
the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E, which governs the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of
consumers and financial institutions using electronic fund transfer services, and which generally mandates
disclosure requirements, establishes limitations on liability applicable to consumers for unauthorized electronic
fund transfers, dictates certain error resolution processes, and applies other requirements relating to automatic
deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts;
•
the Expedited Funds Availability Act (“EFA Act”) and Regulation CC, setting forth requirements to make funds
deposited into transaction accounts available according to specified time schedules, disclose funds availability
policies to customers, and relating to the collection and return of checks and electronic checks, including the
rules regarding the creation or receipt of substitute checks; and
•
the Truth in Savings Act (“TISA”) and Regulation DD, which requires depository institutions to provide
disclosures so that consumers can make meaningful comparisons about depository institutions and accounts.
In addition, we are subject to increased regulations concerning consumer privacy, including but not limited to the California
Consumer Privacy Act ("CCPA") with respect to certain data regarding California residents and the NYDFS Cybersecurity
Regulations.
The CFPB is an independent regulatory authority housed within the Federal Reserve, with broad authority to regulate the offering
and provision of consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has the authority to supervise and examine depository
institutions with more than $10 billion in assets for compliance with federal consumer laws. The authority to supervise and
examine depository institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as us, for compliance with federal consumer laws remains
largely with those institutions’ primary regulators. However, the CFPB may participate in examinations of these smaller
institutions on a “sampling basis” and may refer potential enforcement actions against such institutions to their primary regulators.
As such, the CFPB may participate in examinations of the Bank. The CFPB’s leadership has rescinded a substantial amount of
guidance and policy statements from the previous presidential administration, and it is currently operating with a significantly
reduced staff and budget. Additional staff and budget reductions are the subject of ongoing litigation, and the staffing cuts are
currently stayed pending further judicial review. In addition, states are permitted to adopt consumer protection laws and
regulations that are stricter than the regulations promulgated by the CFPB, and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce
consumer protection rules adopted by the CFPB against certain institutions.
In 2025, the NYDFS announced proposed rules on New York state-chartered banking institutions to limit overdraft fees,
insufficient funds fees and returned deposited items fees in certain circumstances, as well as imposing notice and disclosure
requirements in connection with those fees.
Anti-Money Laundering Regulation
As a financial institution, we must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures
and controls, a designated compliance officer, an ongoing employee training program, and testing of the program by an
independent audit function. The program must comply with the anti-money laundering provisions of the Financial Recordkeeping
and Reporting of Currency and Foreign Transactions Act of 1970, commonly referred to as the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”).
Financial institutions are prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet
enhanced standards for due diligence and “knowing your customer” in their dealings with foreign financial institutions, foreign
customers and other high risk customers. Financial institutions must also take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of
account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions. Financial institutions must
comply with requirements regarding risk-based procedures for conducting ongoing customer due diligence, which requires us to
25
take appropriate steps to understand the nature and purpose of customer relationships and identify and verify the identity of the
beneficial owners of legal entity customers.
Current laws, such as the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct
Terrorism (“USA PATRIOT Act") (which amended the BSA), as described below, provide law enforcement authorities with
increased access to financial information maintained by banks. Anti-money laundering obligations have been substantially
strengthened as a result of the USA PATRIOT Act. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these
obligations, and this area has become a particular focus of the regulators in recent years. In addition, the regulators are required to
consider compliance in connection with the regulatory review of certain applications. In recent years, regulators have expressed
concern over banking institutions’ compliance with anti-money laundering requirements and, in some cases, have delayed
approval of their expansionary proposals. The regulators and other governmental authorities have been active in imposing “cease
and desist” orders and significant money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be in violation of the anti-money
laundering regulations.
On January 1, 2021, Congress enacted the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 2021 (“NDAA”). The NDAA
provides for one of the most significant overhauls of the BSA and related anti-money laundering laws since the USA PATRIOT
Act. Notably, changes include:
•
expansion of coordination and information sharing efforts among the agencies tasked with administering anti-money
laundering and countering the financing of terrorism requirements, including the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network
(“FinCEN”), the primary federal banking regulators, federal law enforcement agencies, national security agencies, the
intelligence community, and financial institutions;
•
providing additional penalties with respect to violations of BSA and enhancing the powers of FinCEN;
•
significant updates to the beneficial ownership collection rules and the creation of a registry of beneficial ownership
which will track the beneficial owners of reporting companies which may be shared with law enforcement and financial
institutions conducting due diligence under certain circumstances;
•
improvements to existing information sharing provisions that permit financial institutions to share information relating to
Suspicious Activity Reports with foreign branches, subsidiaries, and affiliates (except those located in China, Russia, or
certain other jurisdictions) for the purpose of combating illicit finance risks; and
•
enhanced whistleblower protection provisions, allowing whistleblower(s) who provide original information which leads
to successful enforcement of anti-money laundering laws in certain judicial or administrative actions resulting in certain
monetary sanctions to receive up to 30 percent of the amount that is collected in monetary sanctions as well as increased
protections;
We are also subject to New York anti-money laundering laws and regulations. In June 2016, the NYDFS adopted a final rule that
requires certain New York-regulated financial institutions, including us, to comply with enhanced anti-terrorism and anti-money
laundering requirements beginning in 2017. The rule adds, among other anti-money laundering program requirements, greater
specificity to certain transaction monitoring and filtering requirements and the obligation to conduct an ongoing, comprehensive
risk assessment and expressly eliminates a regulated institution’s ability to adjust its monitoring and filtering programs to limit the
number of alerts generated. Beginning in April 2018, the rule also required the Bank's BSA/AML Officer to submit certification
of compliance with these requirements annually.
ERISA
We are also subject to regulation under the fiduciary laws of Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), and
to regulations promulgated thereunder, insofar as we are a “fiduciary” or service provider under ERISA with respect to certain of
our clients. When we act as an ERISA fiduciary, we represent ERISA plans by taking fiduciary responsibility with respect to such
plan’s transactions or investments. ERISA and the applicable provisions of the Code, impose certain duties on persons who are
fiduciaries under ERISA, and prohibit certain transactions by the fiduciaries (and certain other related parties) to such plans. The
foregoing laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or
restrict us from conducting certain business in the event that we fail to comply with such laws and regulations. Possible sanctions
that may be imposed in the event of such noncompliance include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on the
26
business activities for specified periods of time, revocation of registration, and other censures and fines and the potential of civil
litigation.
USA PATRIOT Act
The USA PATRIOT Act became effective on October 26, 2001 and amended the BSA. The USA PATRIOT Act provides, in part,
for the facilitation of information sharing among governmental entities and financial institutions for the purpose of combating
terrorism and money laundering by enhancing anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws, as well as enhanced
information collection tools and enforcement mechanisms for the U.S. government, including:
•
due diligence requirements for financial institutions that administer, maintain, or manage private bank accounts
or correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons;
•
requiring standards for verifying customer identification at account opening;
•
rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators and law enforcement entities in identifying
parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering;
•
reports by nonfinancial trades and businesses filed with the Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes
Enforcement Network for transactions exceeding $10,000; and
•
filing suspicious activities reports by brokers and dealers if they believe a customer may be violating U.S. laws
and regulations.
The USA PATRIOT Act requires financial institutions to undertake enhanced due diligence of private bank accounts or
correspondent accounts for non-U.S. persons that they administer, maintain, or manage. Bank regulators routinely examine
institutions for compliance with these obligations and are required to consider compliance in connection with the regulatory
review of applications.
Under the USA PATRIOT Act, FinCEN can send Amalgamated lists of the names of persons suspected of involvement in
terrorist activities or money laundering. Amalgamated may be requested to search its records for any relationships or transactions
with persons on those lists. If we find any relationships or transactions, we must report those relationships or transactions to
FinCEN.
The Office of Foreign Assets Control
The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which is an office in the U.S. Department of the Treasury, is responsible for
helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with “enemies” of the United States, as defined by various
Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes lists of names of persons and organizations suspected of aiding,
harboring or engaging in terrorist acts; owned or controlled by, or acting on behalf of target countries, and narcotics traffickers. If
a bank finds a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze or block the transactions
on the account. Amalgamated has appointed a compliance officer to oversee the inspection of its accounts and the filing of any
notifications. Amalgamated checks high-risk OFAC areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files. These checks
are performed using software that is updated each time a modification is made to the lists provided by OFAC and other agencies
of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.
Financial Privacy and Cybersecurity
There are a number of state and federal laws and regulations that govern financial privacy and cybersecurity. At the federal level,
this includes the privacy protection provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) and related regulations,
including Regulation P, which govern the treatment of nonpublic personal information. Under these privacy protection provisions,
we are limited in our ability to disclose non-public information about consumers to nonaffiliated third parties. These limitations
require disclosure of privacy policies and notices to consumers and, in some circumstances, allow consumers to prevent disclosure
of certain personal information to a nonaffiliated third party. Federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have adopted
guidelines for establishing information security standards and cybersecurity programs for implementing safeguards under the
supervision of the Board of Directors. These guidelines, along with related regulatory materials, increasingly focus on risk
management and processes related to information technology and the use of third parties in the provision of financial services.
27
State laws and regulations governing financial privacy and cybersecurity include the CCPA and the California Privacy Rights Act
("CPRA"), which amends and supplements the CCPA, with respect to certain data regarding California residents, the New York
Department of Financial Services Cybersecurity Regulations, and other New York financial privacy laws and regulations. The
NYDFS issued a rule, effective March 1, 2017, that requires banks, insurance companies, and other financial services institutions
regulated by the NYDFS to establish and maintain a cybersecurity program designed to protect consumers and ensure the safety
and soundness of New York State’s financial services industry. The cybersecurity rule adds specific requirements for these
institutions’ cybersecurity compliance programs and imposes an obligation to conduct an ongoing, comprehensive risk assessment
and requires each institution’s Board of Directors, or a senior officer, to submit annual certifications of compliance with these
requirements.
Transactions with Related Parties
Transactions between banks and their affiliates are limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate of a
bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. In a holding company
context, the parent bank holding company and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates
of the bank.
Generally, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W (i) limit the extent to which the bank or its
subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such institution’s capital
stock and surplus, and contain an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such
institution’s capital stock and surplus and (ii) require that all such transactions be on terms substantially the same, or at least as
favorable, to the institution or subsidiary as those provided to non-affiliates. The term “covered transaction” includes the making
of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of a guarantee and other similar transactions. In addition, loans or other extensions of credit
by the financial institution to the affiliate are required to be collateralized in accordance with the requirements set forth in
Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.
The Federal Reserve Act and its implementing Regulation O also provide limitations on our ability to extend credit to executive
officers, directors and 10% stockholders (“insiders”). The law limits both the individual and aggregate amount of loans we may
make to insiders based, in part, on our capital position and requires certain board approval procedures to be followed. Such loans
are required to be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and must not involve more
than the normal risk of repayment. There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is
widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees. Loans to
executive officers are further limited to specific categories.
On December 22, 2020, the federal banking agencies issued an interagency statement extending the temporary relief from
enforcement action against banks or asset managers, which become principal shareholders of banks, with respect to certain
extensions of credit by banks that otherwise would violate Regulation O, provided the asset managers and banks satisfy certain
conditions designed to ensure that there is a lack of control by the asset manager over the bank. This relief has been extended to
the effective date of a final FRB rule having a revision to Regulation O that addresses the treatment of extensions of credit by a
bank to fund complex-controlled portfolio companies that are insiders of the bank.
Incentive Compensation
Guidelines adopted by the federal banking agencies pursuant to the FDIA prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and
unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the
services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder.
In June 2010, the federal banking agencies jointly adopted the Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies (“GSICP”),
which remains the primary framework for overseeing incentive compensation at banks. The GSICP intended to ensure that
banking organizations do not undermine the safety and soundness of such organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking.
This guidance, which covers all employees that have the ability to expose the organization to material amounts of risk, either
individually or as part of a group, is based upon a set of key principles relating to a banking organization’s incentive
compensation arrangements. Specifically, incentive compensation arrangements should (i) provide employee incentives that
appropriately balance risk in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose their organizations to imprudent risk, (ii) be
compatible with effective controls and risk management, and (iii) be supported by strong corporate governance, including active
and effective oversight by the organization’s Board of Directors. Any deficiencies in our compensation practices could lead to
supervisory or enforcement actions by the FDIC.
28
The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies and the SEC to establish joint regulations or guidelines prohibiting
incentive-based payment arrangements at specified regulated entities, such as us, having at least $1 billion in total assets that
encourage inappropriate risk-taking by providing an executive officer, employee, director or principal stockholder with excessive
compensation, fees, or benefits or that could lead to material financial loss to the entity. In addition, these regulators must
establish regulations or guidelines requiring enhanced disclosure to regulators of incentive-based compensation arrangements.
The federal banking agencies released proposed regulations as recently as May 2024, but in 2025, the FDIC indicated that they no
longer intend to issue a final rule.
NYDFS guidance lists adapted versions of the key principles from the Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies as
minimum requirements and advises these banks that incentive compensation arrangements must be subject to effective risk
management, oversight, and control.
Deposit Premiums and Assessments
As an FDIC-insured bank, we must pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC based on our average total assets minus our
average tangible equity. Deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the FDIC and such insurance is backed by the full faith
and credit of the U.S. Government.
As an institution with less than $10 billion in assets, our assessment rates are based on the level of risk we pose to the FDIC’s
deposit insurance fund (DIF). Pursuant to changes adopted by the FDIC that were effective July 1, 2016, the initial base rate for
deposit insurance is between three and 30 basis points. Total base assessment after possible adjustments now ranges between 1.5
and 40 basis points. For established smaller institutions, like us, the total base assessment rate is calculated by using supervisory
ratings as well as (i) an initial base assessment rate, (ii) an unsecured debt adjustment (which can be positive or negative), (iii) a
secured liability adjustment, and (iv) a brokered deposit adjustment.
In addition to the ordinary assessments described above, the FDIC has the ability to impose special assessments in certain
instances. For example, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the minimum designated reserve ratio for the DIF was increased to 1.35% of
the estimated total amount of insured deposits. However, the FDIC Board of Directors has consistently set a higher designated
reserve ratio of 2.00% for 2026 and every year since 2011.
The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if it determines after a notice and hearing that
the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has
violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC.
CRE Guidance
In 2022 and 2023, CRE markets faced significant headwinds due to increased vacancies, elevated interest rates, and declining
property values, among other factors. In June 2023, the FDIC and other federal banking agencies, in consultation with the Federal
Financial Institutions Examination Council State Liaison Committee, issued guidance entitled “Interagency Policy Statement on
Prudent Commercial Real Estate Loan Accommodations and Workouts” (the “2023 CRE Guidance”), which replaced agencies’
2009 “Policy Statement on Prudent Commercial Real Estate Loan Workouts”. The 2023 CRE Guidance discusses the importance
of working constructively with CRE borrowers experiencing financial difficulty and is appropriate for all supervised financial
institutions engaged in CRE lending.
The 2023 CRE Guidance also addresses (i) risk management, (ii) classification of loans, (iii) regulatory reporting, and (iv)
accounting considerations.
The federal banking regulators previously issued guidance in December 2015 entitled “Interagency Statement on Prudent Risk
Management for Commercial Real Estate Lending” (the “2015 CRE Guidance”). In the 2015 CRE Guidance, the federal banking
regulators (i) expressed concerns with institutions that ease CRE underwriting standards, (ii) directed financial institutions to
maintain underwriting discipline and exercise risk management practices to identify, measure and monitor lending risks, and
(iii) indicated that they will continue to pay special attention to CRE lending activities and concentrations. The federal banking
regulators also previously issued guidance in December 2006, entitled “Interagency Guidance on Concentrations in CRE Lending,
Sound Risk Management Practices,” (the “2006 CRE Guidance”) which remains the active benchmark for identifying institutions
subject to heightened supervisory scrutiny. The 2006 CRE Guidance stated that an institution that is potentially exposed to
significant CRE concentration risk should employ enhanced risk management practices. Specifically, the 2006 CRE Guidance
states that such institutions have (1) total CRE loans representing 300% or more of the institution’s total capital and (2) the
outstanding balance of such institution’s CRE loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more during the prior 36 months.
29
Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies
Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary policies of the U.S. and its agencies. The Federal
Open Market Committee’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important effect on the operating
results of banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat
a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve have major effects on the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits
through its open market operations in U.S. government securities and through its regulation of the discount rate on borrowings of
member banks and the reserve requirements against member bank deposits. We cannot predict the nature or effect of future
changes in such monetary policies.
Future Legislation and Regulation
Congress may enact legislation from time to time that affects the regulation of the financial services industry, and state
legislatures may enact legislation from time to time affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in
those states. Federal and state regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the
manner in which existing regulations are applied or interpreted. The substance or impact of pending or future legislation or
regulation, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although enactment of the proposed legislation has in the past and may
in the future affect the regulatory structure under which we operate and may significantly increase our costs, impede the
efficiency of our internal business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital or modify our business strategy, or limit
our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner. Our business, financial condition, results of operations or
prospects may be adversely affected, perhaps materially, as a result.
30
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
There are risks, many beyond our control, that could cause our financial condition or results of operations to differ materially
from management’s expectations. Any of the following risks, by itself or together with one or more other factors, could adversely
affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, perhaps materially. The risks presented
below are not the only risks that we face. Additional risks that we do not presently know or that we currently deem immaterial
may also have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, prospects, and the market price and
liquidity of our common stock. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes to
the financial statements included in this report. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this report
constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that
could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by us or on our
behalf. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” beginning on page 1.
Market and Interest Rate Risks
Our business may be adversely affected by economic conditions.
Some elements of the business environment that affect our financial performance include short-term and long-term interest rates,
the prevailing yield curve, inflation, monetary supply, fluctuations in the debt and equity capital markets, and the strength of the
domestic economy and the local economies in the markets in which we operate. Unfavorable market conditions can result in a
deterioration of the credit quality of borrowers, an increase in the number of loan delinquencies, defaults and charge-offs,
foreclosures, additional provisions for credit losses, adverse asset values and a reduction in assets under management or
administration. The majority of our loan portfolio is secured by real estate, 33.2% of which is multifamily and 7.3% of which is
commercial real estate. A decline in real estate values can negatively impact our ability to recover our investment should the
borrower become delinquent. Loans secured by stock or other collateral may be adversely impacted by a downturn in the
economy and other factors that could reduce the recoverability of our investment. Unsecured loans are dependent on the solvency
of the borrower, which can deteriorate, leaving us with a risk of loss. Unfavorable or uncertain economic and market conditions
can be caused by declines in economic growth, business activity or investor or business confidence, limitations on the availability
of or increases in the cost of credit and capital, increases in inflation or interest rates, high unemployment, natural disasters,
epidemics and pandemics, state or local government insolvency, or a combination of these or other factors.
There are continuing concerns related to, among other things, the level of U.S. government debt and fiscal actions that may be
taken to address that debt, price fluctuations of key natural resources, U.S. intervention in Venezuela and its oil industry, U.S.
military strikes and sanctions on Iran, the potential resurgence of economic and political tensions with China, the Russian
invasion of Ukraine and increasing oil prices due to Russian supply disruptions, and the Israel-Hamas conflict, each of which may
have a destabilizing effect on financial markets and economic activity. Economic pressure on consumers, including due to factors
such as inflation and increased cost of goods due to tariff structures on imports, as well as overall economic uncertainty may
result in changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing and saving habits. These economic conditions and/or other
negative developments in the domestic or international credit markets or economies may significantly affect the markets in which
we do business, the value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Declines in real estate
values and sales volumes, high unemployment or underemployment, and inflation may also result in higher than expected loan
delinquencies, increases in our levels of nonperforming and classified assets and a decline in demand for our products and
services. These negative events may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our capital, liquidity and financial
condition.
In some cases, management of our risks depends upon the use of analytical and/or forecasting models, which, in turn, rely on
assumptions and estimates. If the models used to mitigate these risks are inadequate, or the assumption or estimates are inaccurate
or otherwise flawed, we may fail to adequately protect against risks and may incur losses. Artificial Intelligence ("AI") models
may amplify existing risks, given the increased complexity of financial modeling and the challenges in explaining the models.
Fiscal challenges facing the U.S. government could negatively impact the value of investments in GSEs and the financial
markets, which in turn could have an adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.
Fiscal challenges facing the U.S. government, such as the federal budget deficit concerns and the potential for political conflict
over legislation to fund U.S. government operations and raise the U.S. government's debt limit may increase the possibility of a
default by the U.S. government on its debt obligations, additional related credit-rating downgrades, or an economic recession in
the U.S. A significant portion of our securities portfolio is invested in GSE securities. As a result of uncertain domestic political
conditions, including potential future federal government shutdowns or the possibility of the federal government defaulting on its
31
obligations for a period of time, investments in financial instruments issued or guaranteed by the federal government pose
liquidity and credit risks.
A debt default or further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating or its perceived creditworthiness could also
adversely affect the ability of the U.S. government to support the financial stability of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the
FHLBNY, with which we do business and in whose securities we invest.
Changes in U.S. trade policies and other global political factors beyond our control, including the imposition of tariffs,
retaliatory tariffs, or other sanctions, may adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
There have been, and may be in the future, changes with respect to U.S. and international trade policies, legislation, treaties and
tariffs, embargoes, sanctions and other trade restrictions. In response to a February 2026 Supreme Court ruling that the President
does not have authority to impose sweeping global tariffs under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, the President
signed an executive order imposing additional global tariffs. It remains unclear whether and how federal agencies will enforce
conflicting mandates on tariffs, and whether parties harmed by tariffs will have recourse against the federal government. Tariffs,
retaliatory tariffs or other trade restrictions on products and materials that customers import or export, or a trade war or other
related governmental actions related to tariffs, international trade agreements or policies or other trade restrictions continue to
have the potential to negatively impact our customers' costs, demand for their products, or the U.S. economy or certain sectors
thereof and, thus, could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
To the extent this uncertainty in U.S. trade policy and other changes in the global political environment have a negative impact on
us, our customers or on the markets in which we operate, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be
materially and adversely impacted.
Our operations and clients are concentrated in large metropolitan areas.
The vast majority of our operations and clients are located in New York City, Washington, D.C., and San Francisco. In addition,
at December 31, 2025, 82.4% of the properties securing our CRE, multifamily, or construction loans outstanding were located in
the states of New York and California, and in Washington, D.C. Our success depends upon the economic vitality, growth
prospects, business activity, population, income levels, deposits and real estate activity in those areas and may be impacted by the
effects of past and future civil unrest and domestic disturbances in the communities that we serve. In addition, these areas have
been and may continue to be the target of terrorist attacks. A major terrorist attack in one of these areas could severely disrupt our
operations and the ability of our clients to do business with us and cause losses to loans secured by properties in these areas.
Although our customers' business and financial interests may extend well beyond our market areas, adverse economic and social
conditions that affect our specific market area could reduce our growth rate, affect the ability of our customers to repay their loans
to us and impact the stability of our deposit funding sources. Consequently, declines in economic and social conditions in these
markets could generally affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our business is subject to interest rate risk and fluctuations in interest rates may adversely affect our earnings, capital levels
and overall results.
The majority of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature and, as a result, we are subject to significant risk from changes in
interest rates, which may affect our net interest income as well as the valuation of our assets and liabilities. Our earnings depend
significantly on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets, such as loans
and securities, and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. We expect to periodically
experience “gaps” in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-bearing liabilities
will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-earning assets, or vice versa. In either event, if market
interest rates move contrary to our position, this “gap” may work against us, and our earnings may be adversely affected.
When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest-earning assets in a period, an
increase in interest rates could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly,
or to a greater degree than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. Additionally, an
increase in the general level of interest rates may also, among other things, adversely affect the demand for loans and our ability
to originate loans and decrease loan prepayment rates or adversely affect our results of operations by reducing the ability of
borrowers to make payments under their current adjustable-rate loan obligations. Conversely, a decrease in the general level of
interest rates, among other things, may lead to prepayments on our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolios and increased
competition for deposits, potentially reducing our deposit base. Accordingly, changes in the general level of market interest rates
may adversely affect our net yield on interest-earning assets, loan origination volume and our overall results.
32
Although our asset-liability management strategy is designed to control and mitigate exposure to the risks related to changes in
the general level of market interest rates, those rates are affected by many factors outside of our control, including inflation,
recession, unemployment, money supply, international disorder, instability in domestic and foreign financial markets and policies
of various governmental and regulatory agencies, particularly the Federal Open Market Committee ("FOMC") of the Federal
Reserve. Adverse changes in the U.S. monetary policy or in economic conditions could materially and adversely affect us. On
January 28, 2026 the FOMC issued a statement that it decided to maintain short-term interest rates at a range of 3.5% to 3.75%,
and future rate changes will be data dependent; implying they are holding rates constant for the immediate future. We could
experience net interest margin compression if our rates on our interest earning assets fail to increase in tandem with rates on our
interest-bearing liabilities. We could experience net interest margin compression if our rates on our interest bearing liabilities fail
to decrease in tandem with rates on our interest earning assets. See Impact of Inflation and Changing Interest Rates under Item 7.
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Similarly, if short-term interest rates
increase and long-term interest rates do not increase, or increase but at a slower rate, we could experience net interest margin
compression as our rates on interest earning assets decline measured relative to rates on our interest-bearing liabilities. Any such
occurrence could have a material adverse effect on our net interest income and on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We may not be able to accurately predict the likelihood, nature and magnitude of changes in market interest rates or how and to
what extent they may affect our business. We also may not be able to adequately prepare for or compensate for the consequences
of such changes. Any failure to predict and prepare for changes in interest rates or adjust for the consequences of these changes
may adversely affect our earnings and capital levels and overall results.
The fair value of our investment securities could fluctuate because of factors outside of our control, which could have a
material adverse effect on us.
As of December 31, 2025, the fair value of our investment securities portfolio was approximately $3.22 billion. Factors beyond
our control could significantly affect the fair value of these securities. These factors include, but are not limited to, changes in
market conditions including changes in interest rates or spreads, changes in the credit profile of individual securities, changes in
prepayment behavior of individual securities, rating agency actions in respect of the securities, or adverse regulatory action. Any
of these factors, among others, could cause other-than-temporary impairments, or OTTI, and realized and/or unrealized losses in
future periods and declines in earnings and/or other comprehensive income (loss), which could materially and adversely affect our
assets, business, cash flow, condition (financial or otherwise), liquidity, results of operations and prospects. The process for
determining whether impairment of a security has experienced an OTTI usually requires complex, subjective judgments about the
future financial performance and liquidity of the issuer, any collateral underlying the security as well as our intent and ability to
hold the security for a sufficient period of time to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value in order to assess the probability
of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Our failure to assess any impairments or losses with
respect to our securities could have a material adverse effect on our assets, business, cash flow, condition (financial or otherwise),
liquidity, results of operations and prospects.
Credit Risks
If we fail to effectively manage credit risk, our business and financial condition will suffer.
As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that our borrowers will be unable to repay their loans according to their terms, and that the
collateral securing repayment of their loans, if any, may not be sufficient to ensure repayment. In addition, there are risks inherent
in making any loan, including risks relating to proper loan underwriting, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry
conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers, including the risk that a borrower may not provide information
to us about its business in a timely manner, and/or may present inaccurate or incomplete information to us, and risks relating to
the value of collateral. In order to manage credit risk successfully, we must, among other things, maintain disciplined and prudent
underwriting standards and ensure that our lenders follow those standards. The weakening of these standards for any reason, such
as an attempt to attract riskier higher yielding loans, a lack of discipline or diligence by our employees in underwriting and
monitoring loans, the inability of our employees to adequately adapt policies and procedures to changes in economic or any other
conditions affecting borrowers and the quality of our loan portfolio, may result in loan defaults, foreclosures and additional
charge-offs and may necessitate that we significantly increase our allowance, each of which could adversely affect our net
income.
We are subject to risk arising from conditions in the commercial real estate market.
33
As of December 31, 2025, commercial real estate mortgage loans comprised approximately 7.3% of our loan portfolio.
Commercial real estate mortgage loans generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one-to-four family residential real
estate mortgage loans because they typically have larger balances and are more affected by adverse conditions in the economy.
Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate often depend upon the successful operation and management of the
properties and the businesses which operate from within them, repayment of such loans may be affected by factors outside the
borrower’s control, such as adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy, including interest rate fluctuations, or
changes in government regulations. In recent years, commercial real estate markets have been impacted by entrenched work-
from-home expectations which could affect the long-term performance of some types of office properties within our commercial
real estate portfolio. Accordingly, the federal banking regulatory agencies have expressed concerns about weaknesses in the
current commercial real estate market. Failures in our risk management policies, procedures and controls could adversely affect
our ability to manage this portfolio going forward and could result in an increased rate of delinquencies in, and increased losses
from, this portfolio, which, accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We are exposed to higher credit risk related to our multifamily real estate lending in New York City.
New York State's Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of 2019, impacts about one million rent regulated apartment units.
Among other things, the legislation: (i) curtails rent increases from material capital improvements and individual apartment
improvements; (ii) all but eliminates the ability for apartments to exit rent regulation; (iii) does away with vacancy decontrol and
high-income deregulation; and (iv) repealed the 20% vacancy bonus. The act generally limits a landlord’s ability to increase rents
on rent-regulated apartments and makes it more difficult to convert rent-regulated apartments to market-rate apartments. In 2024,
New York State passed legislation that effectively extends limits on rent hikes and “good cause” eviction requirements to many
market-rate tenants in New York City and participating municipalities. As a result, the value of the collateral located in New York
State securing our multi-family loans or the future net operating income of such properties could potentially become impaired. At
December 31, 2025, our total multifamily loan exposure in New York State is approximately $1.01 billion, of which
approximately $821.5 million, or 81%, represents our portfolio’s composition of rent stabilized and rent controlled apartments in
the New York City multifamily market.
Our consumer solar loans expose us to higher credit risk.
A borrower’s ability to repay their solar loans can be negatively impacted by increases in their payment obligations to other
lenders under mortgage, credit card and other loans resulting from increases in base lending rates or structured increases in
payment obligations. If a client defaults on solar loan, we may be unsuccessful in our efforts to collect the amount of the loan. We
are limited in our ability to collect on these loans if a client is unwilling or unable to repay them. Although solar loans are secured
with security filings, we may be limited in our ability to recover any collateral supporting such loans due to the nature of the solar
energy system becoming a fixture to the real property. Additionally, these short-term loans are subject to risks of defaults,
bankruptcies, fraud, losses and special hazard losses that are not covered by standard hazard insurance. An increase in defaults
precipitated by the risks and uncertainties associated with the above operations and activities could have a detrimental effect on
our business.
Our estimated allowance for credit losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb actual losses in our loan portfolio, which may
adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We maintain an allowance for credit losses ("ACL") that represents management’s judgment of current expected credit losses and
risks inherent in our loan portfolio. As of December 31, 2025, our ACL totaled $57.6 million, which represents approximately
1.16% of our total loans, net. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of loan levels and portfolio
composition, observable trends in nonperforming loans, historical loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio,
underwriting practices, adequacy of collateral, credit risk grading assessments, forecasted economic conditions, and other factors.
The determination of the appropriate level of the ACL is inherently highly subjective and requires us to make significant estimates
of and assumptions regarding current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. If, as a result of
general economic conditions, there is a decrease in asset quality or growth in the loan portfolio, our management determines that
additional increases in ACL are necessary, we may incur additional expenses which will reduce our net income, and our business,
results of operations or financial condition may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, inaccurate management
assumptions, deterioration of economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification or
deterioration of additional problem loans, acquisition of problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control,
may require us to increase our ACL.
34
Operational and Business Risks
We are at risk of increased losses from fraud.
We are exposed to the risk of fraudulent activity, which continues to evolve in scope and sophistication. Fraud may take various
forms, including check and debit card fraud, ATM tampering, phishing and other social engineering attacks, and the use of stolen
or falsified credentials to impersonate customers. In addition, individuals or entities may properly identify themselves but seek to
establish relationships for fraudulent purposes, and we may incur losses from fraud committed against third parties. Criminals
increasingly obtain personally identifiable information from external sources, including third-party data breaches. As a result, we
have made and expect to continue making significant investments in fraud detection and prevention systems; however, these
measures may not be effective in all cases. Fraudulent activity could result in financial losses, increased operating and compliance
costs, reputational harm, regulatory scrutiny or penalties, litigation, business disruption, and could materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We could be adversely affected by a failure to establish and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting.
A failure in our internal controls could have a significant negative impact not only on our earnings, but also on the perception that
customers, regulators and investors may have of us. Any failure to maintain internal controls over financial reporting, or any
difficulties that we may encounter in such maintenance, could result in significant deficiencies or material weaknesses, result in
material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, each of
which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations or an adverse reaction
in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. We continue to devote a
significant amount of effort, time and resources to our controls and ensuring compliance with complex accounting standards and
regulations. These efforts also include the management of controls to mitigate operational risks for programs and processes across
the Company.
Our third party relationships could expose us to operational and regulatory risks.
We rely on third parties to provide internal and customer-facing services, which may expose us to operational, compliance, and
strategic risks. Federal banking regulators expect banks to maintain risk-based controls to ensure third parties comply with
applicable laws and regulations. In June 2023, the federal banking agencies issued “Interagency Guidance on Third-Party
Relationships: Risk Management”, requiring banks to “analyze the risks associated with each third-party relationship and to
calibrate its risk management processes.” In July 2024, regulators also issued a joint statement addressing banks’ arrangements
with third parties to deliver deposit products and services, concurrent with a request for information on bank-fintech
arrangements, following concerns regarding customer funds deposited through non-bank entities without adequate controls.
We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.
In extending credit, entering into other transactions, and monitoring our loan and lease portfolio, we rely on financial and other
information provided by customers, counterparties, and third parties, including financial statements, credit reports, and
representations regarding their accuracy and completeness. If such information is inaccurate, incomplete, fraudulent, misleading,
or not received on a timely basis, we could experience credit losses, reputational harm, or other adverse effects that may
materially impact our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We participate in a multi-employer non-contributory defined benefit pension plan for both our unionized and non-unionized
employees, which could subject us to substantial cash funding requirements in the future.
We are required to contribute to the Consolidated Retirement Fund, a multi-employer defined benefit pension plan covering both
unionized and non-unionized employees, and our related expense totaled $8.2 million in 2025. Our future obligations may
increase due to changes in the plan’s funded status, investment performance, participant demographics, the financial condition of
contributing employers, or actuarial assumptions, and a withdrawal or partial withdrawal could result in significant withdrawal
liability, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Climate related disasters may have an effect on the performance of our business operations and asset quality which could
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
35
Climate-related disasters may adversely affect our business, asset quality, and earnings. These risks include acute, event-driven
weather events such as hurricanes, storms, freezes, wildfires, floods, and other large-scale catastrophes, which could disrupt our
operations and those of our customers and third-party vendors. Such events may impair the value of our assets and collateral
securing our loans, cause volatility in our investment portfolio, and negatively impact economic and market conditions. In
addition, our expenses may increase due to changing consumer preferences and evolving legislation and regulatory requirements
related to the transition to a low-carbon economy. The potential costs associated with climate-related risks—including strategic
planning, regulatory scrutiny, litigation, technology investments, and disaster-related losses—are difficult to predict and could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We are exposed to risks related to our PACE financings.
Property Assessed Clean Energy ("PACE") financing is a means of financing energy-efficient upgrades or the installation of
renewable energy sources for commercial, industrial and residential properties that are repaid over a selected term through
property tax assessments, which are secured by the property itself and paid as an addition to the owners’ property tax bills. The
unique characteristic of PACE assessments is that the assessment is attached to the property rather than the individual borrower.
Active programs for residential PACE financing exist in California, Florida and Missouri. As of December 31, 2025, we had a
portfolio of $327.4 million in commercial PACE assessments and $953.2 million in residential PACE assessments. These
assessments are pari passu with tax liens and generally have priority over first mortgage liens.
Because PACE financing programs are typically enabled through state legislation and authorized at the local government level,
variations between each state’s programs may expose us to increased compliance costs and risks. On December 17, 2024, the
CFPB issued its final rule implementing Section 307 of the 2018 Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection
Act (the “EGRRCPA”) and amending Regulation Z to address how TILA applies to residential PACE transactions. The final rule
amends Regulation Z’s definition of credit to include residential PACE financings, prescribes ability-to-repay requirements, and
implements other amendments and exemptions to clarify how other rules in Regulation Z apply. The final rule became effective
on March 1, 2026. If we fail to comply with the final rules adopted by the CFPB, we may face reputational and litigation risks
with respect to our PACE assessments.
Our trust and investment management business may be negatively impacted by changes in economic and market conditions
and clients may seek legal remedies for investment.
Our trust and investment management business is sensitive to changes in economic and market conditions, as its performance is
directly affected by financial and securities market volatility. Market conditions are influenced by domestic and foreign economic
factors, general business and financial trends, and global conflicts, all of which are beyond our control. Declines in market
performance or lack of sustained growth could reduce the value and performance of assets under management, resulting in lower
investment management fees, asset outflows, or increased client disputes. Any of these factors could materially and adversely
affect the financial performance of our trust and investment management business.
The investment management contracts we have with our clients are terminable without cause and on relatively short notice by
our clients, which makes us vulnerable to short term declines in the performance of the securities under our management.
Our investment management contracts are generally terminable by clients without cause upon less than 30 days’ notice. As a
result, even short-term declines in investment performance—whether due to market or economic conditions, the performance of
particular investment strategies or other factors outside our control—could prompt clients to reallocate assets to other investment
products or advisers. Because our operating results depend on the performance of the investment portfolios we manage, any
reduction in assets under management could lead to lower investment management fees and adversely affect our results of
operations.
Risks Related to Privacy and Technology
Information technology systems are critical to our business. Our business requires us to collect, process, transmit and store
significant amounts of confidential information regarding our customers, employees and our own business, operations, plans and
business strategies. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities
investments, deposits, and loans. Our computer systems, data management and internal processes, as well as those of third parties,
are integral to our performance.
Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other sensitive business and consumer
information on our computer systems and networks and third-party providers. Under various federal and state laws, we are
36
responsible for safeguarding such information. For example, our business is subject to joint federal bank agency rules, the GLBA,
the NYDFS cybersecurity regulations, the CCPA, and the CPRA which, among other things: (i) impose certain limitations on our
ability to share nonpublic personal information about our customers with nonaffiliated third parties; (ii) require that we provide
certain disclosures to customers and others about our information collection, sharing and security practices, as well as any use of
automated decision making for financial or lending services, and afford customers the right to “opt out” of any information
sharing by us with nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions) and automated decision making; (iii) limit retention of
customer data; (iv) require notification of certain data breaches be provided to consumers and, in some circumstances, regulators;
(v) require notification of extortion payments and ransomware deployments; (vi) require cyber audits and enhanced governance of
cyber risk, including risk assessments at least annually and whenever a change in the business or technology causes a material
change to our cyber risk; and (vii) require that we develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security
program containing appropriate safeguards based on our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities, and the
sensitivity of customer information we process, as well as plans for responding to data security breaches. Ensuring that our
collection, use, transfer and storage of personal information complies with all applicable laws and regulations can increase our
costs.
In particular, information pertaining to us and our customers is maintained, and transactions are executed, on our networks and
systems or those of our customers or third-party partners, such as our online banking or reporting systems. The secure
maintenance and transmission of confidential information, as well as execution of transactions over these systems, are essential to
protect us and our customers against fraud and security breaches and to maintain our clients’ confidence.
A breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third-party vendors and other service
providers, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could disrupt our businesses, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential
or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs and cause losses.
While we have not experienced any material information security breaches, such breaches may occur as a result of intentional or
inadvertent acts by individuals with authorized or unauthorized access to our systems or to confidential information of us, our
customers, or counterparties, including employees. Cybersecurity risks may increase due to heightened criminal activity and
sophistication, technological advances, newly discovered vulnerabilities (including in third-party technologies such as browsers
and operating systems), or geopolitical instability or warfare, including the Russia and Ukraine conflict and reported cyber
campaigns by Chinese hackers targeting U.S. infrastructure. We cannot assure that the security measures we or our processors
maintain will be effective or sufficient to protect against all current or emerging threats. A breach of our systems, or those of
processors, could result in financial losses, loss of customers or business, reputational harm, business disruption, increased
expenses (including notification, remediation, and fines), regulatory scrutiny or penalties, litigation, or other adverse
consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Our information technology systems may be subject to failure or interruption.
Our operational risks include the risk of errors relating to transaction processing and technology, systems failures or interruptions,
and failures of business continuation and disaster recovery plans. While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or
limit the impact of system failures and interruptions, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or will be
adequately addressed if they do.
In the event of a breakdown in our internal control systems, improper operation of systems or improper employee actions,
including if confidential or proprietary information were to be mishandled, misused or lost, we could suffer financial loss, loss of
customers and damage to our reputation, and face regulatory action or civil litigation. Any of these events could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Insurance coverage may not be available for such losses, or
where available, such losses may exceed insurance limits.
We depend on information technology and telecommunications systems of third-party servicers, and systems failures,
interruptions or breaches of security involving these systems could have an adverse effect on our operations, financial
condition and results of operations.
Our business depends on the reliable and uninterrupted operation of our information technology and telecommunications systems,
including third-party accounting systems and mobile and online banking platforms. We outsource many critical systems,
including data processing, loan servicing, payment processing, and online banking platforms. Failure of these systems,
termination of related third-party licenses or service agreements, or capacity constraints or interruptions at third-party providers
could disrupt our operations. Sustained or repeated disruptions could impair our ability to process loans, accept deposits, and
provide customer service, harm our reputation, result in lost business, increase regulatory scrutiny, and expose us to financial
37
liability, any of which could materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, third-party
noncompliance with applicable laws and regulations, or fraud, misconduct, or material errors by our employees or those of our
service providers, could disrupt operations or adversely affect our reputation.
It may be difficult for us to replace some of our third-party vendors, particularly vendors providing our core banking, debit card
services and information services, in a timely manner if they are unwilling or unable to provide us with these services in the future
for any reason and even if we are able to replace them, it may be at higher cost or result in the loss of customers. Any such events
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
In November 2021, federal bank regulators issued a joint final rule to establish computer-security incident notification
requirements for banking organizations and their bank service providers. The rule requires FDIC-supervised banks to report
certain incidents to their case manager and also requires covered bank service providers to promptly notify their FDIC-supervised
bank customer when the service provider determines that it has experienced a notification incident.
As a result of financial entities and technology systems becoming more interdependent and complex, a cyber incident, information
breach or loss, or technology failure that compromises the systems or data of one or more financial entities could have a material
impact on counterparties or other market participants, including ourselves. Although we review business continuity and backup
plans for our vendors and take other safeguards to support our operations, such plans or safeguards may be inadequate. As a result
of the foregoing, our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by any significant disruptions to us or to third parties
with whom we interact.
We must respond to rapid technological changes, and these changes may be more difficult or expensive than anticipated.
We will have to respond to future technological changes. Specifically, if our competitors introduce new banking products and
services embodying new technologies such as AI and machine learning, or if new banking industry standards and practices
emerge, then our existing product and service offerings, technology and systems may be impaired or become obsolete.
Implementation of AI and machine learning and other new technologies may have unintended consequences due to their
limitations, potential manipulation, or our failure to use them effectively. Conversely, if we fail to adopt or develop new
technologies or to adapt our products and services to emerging industry standards, then we may lose current and future customers,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Many of our competitors
have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements than we do. The financial services industry is
changing rapidly, and to remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the functionality and features of our
products, services and technologies. These changes may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate.
We expect that new technologies and business processes applicable to the banking industry will continue to emerge, and these
new technologies and business processes may be better than those we currently use. Because the pace of technological change is
high and our industry is intensely competitive, we may not be able to sustain our investment in new technology as critical systems
and applications become obsolete or as better ones become available. A failure to maintain current technology and business
processes could cause disruptions in our operations or cause our products and services to be less competitive, all of which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We expect regulatory risk and
compliance costs from AI implementation to increase. Federal and state regulators have intensified their oversight of AI in
financial services. Under the Federal Reserve’s November 2025 Supervisory Operating Principles, examiners now prioritize the
assessment of "material financial risks" stemming from AI, focusing on the transparency and explainability of models used for
capital, liquidity, and credit decisions.
Risks Related to Our Human Capital
We depend on our executive officers and other key employees, and our ability to attract additional key personnel, to continue
the implementation of our long-term business strategy, and we could be harmed by the unexpected loss of their services.
We believe that our continued growth and future success will depend in large part on the skills of our executive officers and other
key employees and our ability to motivate and retain these individuals, as well as our ability to attract, motivate and retain
qualified senior and middle management and other skilled employees. Competition for employees is intense, and the process of
locating key personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business strategy may be lengthy. If
the services of any of our of key personnel should become unavailable for any reason, we may not be able to identify and hire
qualified persons on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operation and future prospects. We may not be successful in retaining our key personnel, and the unexpected
loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business because of their skill,
customer relationships, knowledge of our markets, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified
38
replacement personnel. Leadership transitions can be inherently difficult to manage, and inadequate transitions may cause
disruptions to our business due to, among other things, diverting management’s attention or causing a deterioration in morale.
Our business could suffer if we experience employee work stoppages, union campaigns or other labor difficulties, and efforts
by labor unions could divert management attention and adversely affect operating results.
As of December 31, 2025, we had 450 employees, of which approximately 21% are represented by collective bargaining
agreements or an employee union. Although we believe that our relationship with our employees is good, and we have not
experienced any material work stoppages, work stoppages may occur in the future. Union activities also may significantly
increase our labor costs, disrupt our operations and limit our operational flexibility. From time to time, we are subject to unfair
labor practice charges, complaints and other legal, administrative and arbitration proceedings initiated against us by unions, the
National Labor Relations Board or our employees, which could negatively impact our operating results. In addition, negotiating
collective bargaining agreements could divert management attention, which could also adversely affect operating results. On
November 29, 2024, we entered into a new collective bargaining agreement with OPEIU, which (i) extended the term of the
agreement to June 30, 2026, (ii) provided for a 3.5% wage increase per annum for the term of the agreement, and (iii) made
certain modifications to reflect improved terms, inclusive of a healthcare reimbursement account.
Capital and Liquidity Risks
We are subject to liquidity risk.
Liquidity is required to fund the needs of our depositors, repay borrowings, fund loan commitments and investments, pay
expenditures and other obligations as they arise. Our access to funding, in adequate amounts and acceptable terms, could be
impaired by a wide range of factors that affect us specifically, the financial services industry or the general economy. These
factors include an economic downturn affecting our loan portfolio, adverse financial market conditions, adverse regulatory or
judicial actions against labor unions, political organizations or not-for profits, or adverse regulatory actions against us.
Our access to deposits may also be affected by the liquidity needs of our depositors, particularly in an adverse interest rate or
economic environment where they may be compelled to withdraw deposits. As a part of our liquidity management, we must
ensure we can respond effectively to potential volatility in our customers’ deposit balances. Our total on-balance sheet deposits
totaled $7.95 billion as of December 31, 2025. For instance, our on-balance sheet deposits from political campaigns, Political
Action Committees ("PACs"), and state and national party committee clients totaled $1.73 billion, or 19% of total on-balance
sheet deposits as of December 31, 2025. Their their deposit balances decreased significantly after the last election campaign,
resulting in short-term volatility in their deposit balances held with us through election cycles. Additionally, our on-balance sheet
deposits from labor unions totaled $2.05 billion, or 23% of total on-balance sheet deposits as of December 31, 2025. While
historically we have been able to replace deposit outflows and borrowings as necessary, we might not be able to replace such
funds in the future, especially if a large number of our depositors or those depositors with a high concentration of deposits sought
to withdraw their accounts. We could encounter difficulty meeting a significant deposit outflow which could negatively impact
our profitability or reputation. Any long-term decline in deposit funding would adversely affect our liquidity, but we believe our
funding sources are adequate to meet any significant unanticipated deposit withdrawal. A failure to maintain adequate liquidity
could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.
Our business needs and future growth may require us to raise capital, but that capital may not be available or may be dilutive.
Our ability to raise capital will depend on, among other things, conditions in the capital markets, which are outside of our control,
and our financial performance. Accordingly, we cannot provide assurance that such capital will be available on terms acceptable
to us or at all. Any occurrence that limits our access to capital, may adversely affect our capital costs and our ability to raise
capital and, in turn, our liquidity. Further, if we need to raise capital in the future, we may have to do so when many other
financial institutions are also seeking to raise capital and would then have to compete with those institutions for investors. Any
inability to raise capital on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations and could be dilutive to both tangible book value and our share price.
In addition, an inability to raise capital when needed may subject us to increased regulatory supervision and the imposition of
restrictions on our growth and business. These restrictions could negatively affect our ability to operate or further expand our
operations through loan growth, acquisitions or the establishment of additional branches. These restrictions may also result in
increases in operating expenses and reductions in revenues that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition,
results of operations and our share price.
39
We are subject to stringent capital requirements.
We are subject to regulatory requirements specifying minimum amounts and types of capital that we must maintain. From time to
time, the regulators change these regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. If we fail to meet these minimum capital guidelines and
other regulatory requirements, we may be restricted in the types of activities we may conduct and we may be prohibited from
taking certain capital actions, such as paying dividends and repurchasing or redeeming capital securities.
In particular, the capital requirements applicable to us under the Basel III rules, which became fully phased-in on January 1, 2019
required us to satisfy additional, more stringent, capital adequacy standards. A failure to meet minimum capital requirements
could result in certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have an
adverse material effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, these requirements could have a negative
impact on our ability to lend, grow deposit balances, make acquisitions or make capital distributions in the form of dividends or
share repurchases. Higher capital levels could also lower our return on equity. In July 2023, federal agencies jointly proposed
revisions to the Basel III rules to implement the Basel Committee’s 2017 standards and make other changes. Subsequently,
federal banking regulators have signaled that they expect to issue a revised proposal as early as 2026, thought contents of the
potential revised proposal are not yet known.
Risks Related to Our Strategy
Our social responsibility positions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
As a socially responsible bank, we take positions to support economic, social, racial and environmental justice that are consistent
with our charter as a public benefit corporation and with applicable law; however, these types of positions may be inconsistent
with policies promulgated by other institutions or governmental entities, and as a result, we may become a target of public
criticism, governmental scrutiny and investigation and litigation. Our positions may have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
For example, we support the recruitment and hiring of people from all backgrounds, so that our workforce reflects the
communities that we serve, and we support activities that promote an inclusive workforce. We encourage the advancement of
equal opportunity without the use of preferential treatment, quotas or other unlawful and discriminatory practices. Additionally,
we have expressed support for certain causes through our shareholder activism, which includes the filing of shareholder proposals
at other public companies and serving as plaintiffs in class action litigation. Our shareholder activism may draw opposition from
other activists, state attorneys general and other governmental entities, which would require the dedication of additional resources
and personnel and impact our business, financial condition or results of operation.
We may not be able to implement our growth strategy or manage costs effectively, resulting in lower earnings or profitability.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to grow and to be profitable in future periods, or, if profitable, that our
overall earnings will remain consistent or increase in the future. Our growth requires that we increase our loans, assets under
management and deposits while managing risks by following prudent loan underwriting standards without increasing interest rate
risk or compressing our net interest margin. Additionally, maintaining more than adequate capital at all times, hiring and retaining
qualified employees, managing noninterest expenses and successfully implementing strategic initiatives are all key drivers to
successful growth. Even if we are able to increase our interest income, our earnings may nonetheless be reduced by increased
expenses, such as additional employee compensation or other general and administrative expenses and increased interest expense
on any liabilities incurred or deposits solicited to fund increases in assets. Additionally, if our competitors extend credit on terms
we find to pose excessive risks, or at interest rates which we believe do not warrant the credit exposure, we may not be able to
maintain our lending volume and could experience deteriorating financial performance. Our inability to manage our growth
successfully or to continue to expand into new markets could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
New lines of business, products, product enhancements or services may subject us to additional risks.
From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products or product enhancements as well as new
services within our existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts,
particularly in instances in which the markets are not fully developed. In implementing, developing or marketing new lines of
business, products, product enhancements or services, we may invest significant time and resources, although we may not assign
the appropriate level of resources or expertise necessary to make these new lines of business, products, product enhancements or
40
services successful or to realize their expected benefits. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of
business, products, product enhancements or services may not be achieved, and price and profitability targets may not prove
feasible. For example, several of our competitors have successfully introduced innovative investment management products. The
introduction of such new products requires continued innovative efforts on the part of our management and may require
significant time and resources as well as ongoing support and investment. External factors, such as compliance with regulations,
competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also affect the implementation of a new line of business or offerings
of new products, product enhancements or services. Furthermore, any new line of business, product, product enhancement or
service or system conversion could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our internal controls. Failure to successfully
manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or offerings of new products, product
enhancements or services could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business, including our ability to attract and retain
customers, and failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.
As a fund manager, we from time-to-time engage in stockholder activism, pressing issuers on a range of corporate governance
topics. This engagement has caused and could cause increased scrutiny over our own corporate governance activities. Any failure,
or perceived failure, in our own corporate governance practices could damage our reputation adversely affecting our business,
results of operations or financial condition.
Maintaining our reputation also depends on our ability to successfully prevent third-parties from infringing on our brand and
associated trademarks. Defense of our reputation and our trademarks, including through litigation, could result in costs adversely
affecting our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We are a Certified B CorporationTM. The term “Certified B Corporation” does not refer to a particular form of legal entity, but
instead refers to companies certified by the B Lab, an independent nonprofit organization, as meeting rigorous standards of social
and environmental performance, accountability and transparency. Our reputation could be harmed if we lose our Certified B
CorporationTM status, whether by choice or by our failure to meet B Lab’s certification requirements.
The name “Amalgamated” originated with our over a 100 year union history – the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America –
and, over the course of time, other entities use the name Amalgamated, some of which are related parties or affiliates of the Bank
and some that are not legally related or affiliated. As a result, we may face risks related to public scrutiny and identity confusion
with those other entities that share the same name.
We face strong competition from other banks and financial institutions and other wealth and investment management firms
that could hurt our business.
The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience competition in our markets from many other financial institutions.
We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, non-traditional
financial-services providers, other financial service businesses, including investment advisory and wealth management firms,
mutual fund companies, and securities brokerage and investment banking firms, as well as super-regional, national and
international financial institutions that operate offices in our primary market areas and elsewhere. As customers’ preferences and
expectations continue to evolve, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks to expand their
geographic reach by providing services over the Internet and for Fintech, i.e. “non-banks” to offer products and services
traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Because of this rapidly changing
technology, our future success will depend in part on our ability to address our customers’ needs by using technology and to
identify and develop new, value-added products for existing and future customers. Failure to do so could impede our time to
market, reduce customer product accessibility, and weaken our competitive position. Customer loyalty can be easily influenced by
a competitor’s products, especially offerings that could provide cost savings or a higher return to the customer. Moreover, this
competitive industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and
continued consolidation.
In October 2024, the CFPB finalized the required rule making on Personal Financial Data Rights rule to promote “open and
decentralized banking” by requiring covered institutions to allow customers to authorize the transfer of certain customer
information to other financial institutions. This rule enables greater competition among banks and non-banks for consumer market
share, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. However, the rule's
rollout is currently delayed by a "stop work" order issued by the CFPB in early 2025.
41
Difficulties in obtaining regulatory approval for acquisitions and in combining the operations of acquired entities with the
Company’s own operations may prevent us from achieving the expected benefits from our acquisitions.
The Company has expanded its business through a past acquisition and may do so again in the future. Our ability to complete
acquisitions is in many instances subject to regulatory approval, and we cannot be certain when or if, or on what terms and
conditions, any required regulatory approvals would be granted. In addition, inherent uncertainties exist when integrating the
operations of an acquired entity, including in ability to fully achieve the Company’s strategic objectives and planned operating
efficiencies in an acquisition, disruption of the Company’s business and diversion of management’s time and attention and
exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of acquired entities.
Legal, Accounting, Regulatory, and Compliance Risks
Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and
condition.
Changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards could materially affect how we report our financial results and
condition. From time to time, the FASB changes the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of
our financial statements. As a result of such changes, whether promulgated or required by the FASB or other regulators, we could
be required to change certain of the assumptions or estimates we have previously used in preparing our financial statements,
which could negatively affect how we record and report our results of operations and financial condition generally.
Our accounting estimates and risk management processes and controls rely on analytical and forecasting techniques and
models and assumptions, which may not accurately predict future events.
Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of
operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so
they comply with GAAP and reflect management’s judgment of the most appropriate manner in which to report our financial
condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more
alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet which may result in our reporting materially different
results than would have been reported under a different alternative.
Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our financial condition and results of operations. They require management
to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be
reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved
in this matters, we may be required to significantly increase the allowance or sustain credit losses that are significantly higher than
the reserve provided. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
The banking industry is heavily regulated and that regulation, together with any future legislation or regulatory changes,
could limit or restrict our activities and adversely affect our operations or financial results.
We operate in an extensively regulated industry and we are subject to examination, supervision, and comprehensive regulation by
various federal and state agencies. The Company is subject to Federal Reserve regulations, and the Bank is subject to regulation,
supervision and examination by the FDIC and the NYDFS.
The current presidential administration is implementing a regulatory reform agenda that is significantly different from that of the
prior administration, impacting the rule making, supervision, examination and enforcement of the banking regulation agencies and
our ability to respond to those changes. The 2025 GENIUS Act and related federal mandates, as well as NYDFS rulemaking, to
curb “debanking” limits our ability to manage credit and reputational risk, potentially resulting in increased compliance costs to
justify account closures, heightened exposure to fraud and AML losses resulting from our limited ability to terminate relationships
with customers in high-risk sectors, and adverse impacts on our operational efficiency because of the 30-day mandatory notice
period for most account closures. Furthermore, these anti-debanking measures may expose us to customer-led litigation alleging
violation of fair access standards. For a more detailed description of anti-debanking measures, see “Fair Lending Requirements.”
Our compliance with banking regulations is costly and restricts some of our other activities besides account closures, including
payment of dividends, mergers and acquisitions, investments, loans and interest rates and locations of offices. We are also subject
to capitalization guidelines established by our regulators, which require us to maintain adequate capital to support our business. If,
as a result of an exam, a banking agency were to determine that the financial condition, capital adequacy, asset quality, asset
concentration, earnings prospects, management, liquidity sensitivity to market risk or other aspects of any of our operations has
42
become unsatisfactory, or that we or our management are in violation of any law or regulation, the banking agency could take a
number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate.
Furthermore, our regulators also have the ability to compel us to take certain actions, or restrict us from taking certain actions
entirely, such as actions that our regulators deem to constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice. Our failure to comply with
any applicable laws or regulations, or regulatory policies and interpretations of such laws and regulations, could result in
sanctions by regulatory agencies (such as a memorandum of understanding, a written supervisory agreement or a cease and desist
order), civil money penalties or damage to our reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
Our trust and investment management businesses are highly regulated.
Through our investment management division, we provide investment management, custody, safekeeping and trust services to
institutional clients. These products and services require us to comply with a number of regulations issued by the Department of
Labor, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the FDIC Statement of Principles of Trust Department Management, and
federal and state securities regulators.
Our failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, suspensions of individual employees, litigation, or
other sanctions. Any such failure could have an adverse effect on our reputation and could adversely affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations or prospects.
The Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank.
The Federal Reserve requires a bank holding company to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to a subsidiary bank
and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the Federal Reserve may
require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding
company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. In addition, the
Dodd-Frank Act directs the federal bank regulators to require that all companies that directly or indirectly control an insured
depository institution serve as a source of strength for the institution. Under these requirements, in the future, we could be
required to provide financial assistance to the Bank if the Bank experiences financial distress.
A capital injection may be required at times when we do not have the resources to provide it, and therefore we may be required to
borrow the funds. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by
the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law
provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the holding
company’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by
the holding company in order to make the required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and will adversely
impact the holding company’s cash flows, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We face a risk of noncompliance with the BSA and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations and corresponding
enforcement proceedings.
The BSA, the PATRIOT Act, the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020, and other laws and regulations require financial
institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain effective anti-money laundering programs, and to file suspicious activity
and currency transaction reports as appropriate. FinCEN, established by the U.S. Treasury Department to administer the BSA, is
authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and has engaged in coordinated
enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement
Administration and IRS. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets
Control. Federal and state bank regulators also focus on compliance with BSA and anti-money laundering regulations. If our
policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient or the policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we
may acquire are deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines, and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our
ability to pay dividends and engage in acquisitions, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of
operations. In recent years, sanctions that the regulators have imposed on banks that have not complied with all requirements have
been especially severe. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing
could also have serious reputational consequences for us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
43
We are subject to the Community Reinvestment Act and federal and state fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these
laws could lead to material penalties.
The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the ECOA and the FHA impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on
financial institutions. The FDIC, the NYDFS, the Department of Justice, and other federal and state agencies are responsible for
enforcing these laws and regulations. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair
lending laws in private class action litigation. A successful challenge to our performance under the fair lending laws and
regulations could adversely impact our rating under the CRA and result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required
payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on merger and acquisitions and
expansion activity, which could negatively impact our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are exposed to litigation and compliance risks related to our Socially Responsible Banking business model.
We may become the target of public criticism, litigation and regulatory and enforcement actions because of our ESG products and
our social responsibility mission. For example, anti-debanking regulations promulgated under the GENIUS Act and at the
NYDFS target financial institutions that will not lend or have made statements about not lending to certain industries. The
potential impact of anti-debanking regulations on our business is discussed under the risk factor, “The banking industry is heavily
regulated and that regulation, together with any future legislation or regulatory changes, could limit or restrict our activities and
adversely affect our operations or financial results.”
There has been a significant rise in climate-related probes and litigation, including greenwashing claims, against banks.
"Greenwashing" involves a business making misleading sustainability-related claims to investors or consumers, usually to boost
its reputation and bottom line. Furthermore, ESG products in the banking and financial services sectors have become subject to
heightened regulatory scrutiny for potentially misleading claims and poor controls. Allegations that our ESG products contain
claims that have misled investors or consumers, or that the claims are subject to poor controls, even if ultimately unfounded, may
fundamentally damage our reputation and our financial performance.
Our financial condition may be affected negatively by the costs of litigation.
In difficult market conditions, the volume of claims and amount of damages sought in litigation and investigations against
financial institutions have historically increased. We may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation, investigations or
similar matters arising out of our business. In many cases, we may seek reimbursement from our insurance carriers to cover such
costs and expenses. Our insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against us, and any claims asserted against us,
regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm our reputation. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any litigation
or investigation significantly exceed our insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations. In addition, we may not be able to obtain appropriate types or levels of insurance in the future,
nor may we be able to obtain adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms, if at all.
From time to time we are, or may become, involved in suits, legal proceedings, information-gatherings, investigations and
proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agencies that may lead to adverse consequences.
Many aspects of the banking business involve a substantial risk of legal liability. From time to time, we are, or may become, the
subject of information-gathering requests, reviews, investigations and proceedings, and other forms of regulatory inquiry,
including by bank regulatory agencies, self-regulatory agencies, and law enforcement authorities. The results of such proceedings
could lead to significant civil or criminal penalties, including monetary penalties, damages, adverse judgments, settlements, fines,
injunctions, restrictions on the way we conduct our business or reputational harm.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
Shares of our common stock could face volatility due to banking sector uncertainty.
Bank holding company stock prices are sensitive to generalized concerns about the health of the banking industry as a whole,
regardless of the health of a particular institution. Ongoing stress in the banking sector could adversely impact the market price of
our common stock and our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot predict if investors will find our
common stock less attractive as a result of these market stresses. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a
result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
Our ability to pay dividends is subject to regulatory limitations and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us is also subject to
regulatory limitations.
44
The Company is a bank holding company that conducts substantially all of its operations through the Bank. As a result, our ability
to make dividend payments on our common stock depends primarily on certain federal regulatory considerations and the receipt
of dividends and other distributions from the Bank. As is the case with all financial institutions, the profitability of the Bank is
subject to the fluctuating cost and availability of money, changes in interest rates, and in economic conditions in general.
Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such cash dividends as our Board of Directors may declare out of funds
legally available for such payments. Although we currently expect to continue to pay quarterly dividends, any future
determination relating to our dividend policy will be made by our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors. Any
actual determination relating to our dividend policy and the declaration of future dividends will be made, subject to applicable law
and regulatory approvals, by our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including: (i) our historical and
projected financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, (ii) our capital levels and needs, (iii) tax considerations, (iv) any
acquisitions or potential acquisitions that we may examine, (v) statutory and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations, (vi) the
terms of any credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements that restrict our ability to pay cash dividends, (vii) general
economic conditions and (viii) other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may determine
not to pay any cash dividends at any time. There can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common
stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends. For more information, see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements” and “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
—Dividend Policy.”
We have several significant investors whose individual interests may differ from yours.
A significant percentage of our common stock is currently held by investment funds affiliated with an amalgamation of Workers
United and numerous joint boards, locals or similar organizations authorized under the constitution of Workers United (the
“Workers United Related Parties”). Workers United Related Parties own approximately 38% of our common stock. Significant
stockholders will have a greater ability than our other stockholders to influence the election of directors and the potential outcome
of other matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, including mergers and acquisition transactions, amendments to our
certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and other extraordinary corporate matters. The interests of these investors could conflict
with the interests of our other stockholders, and any future transfer by these investors of their shares of common stock to other
investors who have different business objectives could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition,
prospects or the market value of our common stock.
Workers United Related Parties have also entered into agreements with us that contain certain provisions, including, among
others, provisions relating to our governance, information rights, tag-along rights, board designation rights, and certain board and
stockholder approval rights. Additionally, Workers United Related Parties have entered into agreements with us that provide
certain registration rights under existing registration rights agreements, and in the case of the Workers United Related Parties, the
establishment of an advisory board.
Transfers of our common stock owned by the Workers United Related Parties could adversely impact your rights as a
stockholder and the market price of our common stock.
The Workers United Related Parties may transfer all or part of the shares of our common stock that they own, without allowing
you to participate or realize a premium for any investment in our common stock, or distribute shares of our common stock that it
owns to their members. Sales or distributions by the Workers United Related Parties of such common stock could adversely
impact prevailing market prices for our common stock.
Additionally, a sale of common stock by the Workers United Related Parties to a third party could adversely impact the market
price of our common stock and our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, a change in control
caused by the sale of our shares by the Workers United Related Parties may result in a change of management decisions and
business policy.
Shares of our common stock are subject to dilution.
We may issue additional shares of our common stock in the future pursuant to current or future equity compensation plans or in
connection with future acquisitions or financings. If we choose to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock for any
reason, the issuance would have a dilutive effect on the holders of our common stock and could have a material negative effect on
the value of our common stock.
45
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
Item 1C. Cybersecurity.
The Company’s Board recognizes the critical importance of maintaining the trust and confidence of our customers, clients, business
partners and employees. The Board is actively involved in oversight of the Company’s risk management program, and cybersecurity
represents an important component of the Company’s overall approach to enterprise risk management (“ERM”).
The Company’s cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices are fully integrated into the Company’s ERM program and
are based on recognized frameworks established by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (the “FFIEC”), and other
applicable industry standards and regulations, including regulations promulgated by the NYDFS. In general, the Company seeks to
address cybersecurity risks through a comprehensive, cross-functional approach that is focused on preserving the confidentiality,
security and availability of the data and information that the Company collects and stores by identifying, preventing and mitigating
cybersecurity threats and effectively responding to cybersecurity incidents when they occur. The Company’s strategy is informed by
determinations of inherent risk and risk maturity level that are made in connection with an independent cybersecurity awareness
assessment prepared for the FFIEC.
As one of the critical elements of the Company’s overall ERM approach, the Company’s Information Security Program is focused on
the following key areas:
•
Protecting the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of information systems and the nonpublic information stored on
them.
•
Identifying risks, defending against unauthorized access, and detecting, responding to, and recovering from cybersecurity
incidents.
•
Continuous training on cybersecurity best practices to our employees.
Risk Management, Strategy and Governance
Role of Management
The Company has implemented a comprehensive, cross-functional approach to identifying, preventing and mitigating cybersecurity
threats and incidents, while also implementing controls and procedures that provide for the prompt escalation of certain cybersecurity
incidents so that decisions regarding the public disclosure and reporting of such incidents can be made by management in a timely
manner.
The Company has also established a governance structure and organization to manage cybersecurity risk. This includes escalation and
reporting of cybersecurity incidents through the Chief Risk Officer’s organization to an Executive Response Team and the Board, and
periodic reporting on the Information Security Program to the Information Security Subcommittee of the Enterprise Risk Management
Committee, an executive committee that oversees the Information Security Program, and the Enterprise Risk Oversight Committee
(the “EROC”), the Board committee that oversees the ERM framework.
The Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”), under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Risk Executive, in coordination with
the Company’s executive team, which includes our CEO, CFO, Chief Information and Operations Officer ("CIOO"), Chief
Technology Officer (“CTO”), and Chief Legal Officer (“CLO”), works collaboratively across the Company to implement the
Information Security Program, which is designed to protect the Company’s information systems from cybersecurity threats and to
promptly respond to any cybersecurity incidents in accordance with the Company’s incident response and recovery plans.
The CISO coordinates all aspects of the Information Security Program and presents a report on the Information Security Program to
the Information Cyber Security Subcommittee on a quarterly basis so that the Subcommittee is made aware of a wide range of topics
including recent developments in the Information Security Program, evolving standards, vulnerability assessments, third-party and
independent reviews, the threat environment, technological trends and information security considerations arising with respect to the
Company’s peers and third parties.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company contracted with an interim CISO, upon the departure of the prior CISO. The
current interim CISO had previously served as the Company's interim CISO from October of 2023 to June 2024 and interim CTO
from July of 2022 through October of 2023. Additionally this contractor served in various roles in information technology and
information security for over 25 years, including serving as the CISO and CTO, respectively, of two large public financial services
46
companies. The interim CISO has also performed Information Security leadership roles in two technology companies assessing and
managing cyber risk on large amounts of data.
Role of the Board of Directors
The Board’s oversight of cybersecurity risk management is supported by the EROC, which regularly interacts with the Company’s
ERM function and the CISO.
The EROC oversees the Company’s ERM process, including the management of risks arising from cybersecurity threats. The EROC
receives regular presentations and reports on the Information Security Program, which address a wide range of topics including recent
developments, evolving standards, vulnerability assessments, third-party and independent reviews, the threat environment,
technological trends and information security considerations arising with respect to the Company’s peers and third parties.
The EROC receives prompt and timely information regarding any cybersecurity incident that meets established reporting thresholds,
as well as ongoing updates regarding any such incident until it has been addressed.
Although we have not historically experienced significant cybersecurity incidents, we and other banks are subject to attacks of
increasing frequency and sophistication. Any significant breach, interruption or failure of our information systems could adversely
affect our business operations and our financial condition, operating results and liquidity.
Technical Safeguards
The Company deploys technical safeguards that are designed to protect Company’s data and information systems from cybersecurity
threats, including firewalls, intrusion prevention and detection systems, anti-malware functionality and access controls, which are
evaluated and improved through vulnerability assessments and cybersecurity threat intelligence.
The Company engages in the periodic assessment and testing of the Company’s policies, standards, processes and practices that are
designed to address cybersecurity threats and incidents. These efforts include a wide range of activities, including audits, assessments,
tabletop exercises, vulnerability testing, stress testing based on top cyberattack scenarios and other exercises focused on evaluating the
effectiveness of our cybersecurity measures and planning and by leveraging the Federal Reserve Bank of New York methodology for
cyber risk (“FFIEC CyberSecurity Assessment Tool”). The Company regularly engages third parties to perform independent
assessments on our cybersecurity measures, including information security maturity assessments, audits and independent reviews of
our information security control environment and operating effectiveness. The results of such assessments, audits and reviews are
reported to the EROC, and the Company adjusts its cybersecurity policies, standards, processes and practices as necessary based on
the information provided by these assessments, audits and reviews.
Incident Response and Recovery Planning
The Company has established and maintains comprehensive incident response and recovery plans that fully address the Company’s
timely and effective response to a cybersecurity incident, and such plans are tested and evaluated on an annual basis. Multidisciplinary
teams throughout the Company are deployed to address cybersecurity threats and to respond to cybersecurity incidents. Through
ongoing communications with these teams, the CISO monitors the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity
threats and incidents in real time and reports such threats and incidents to the Executive Response Team of the Company and as
guided by the Company’s Chief Risk Executive, to the Risk Committee when appropriate.
The Company’s Security Incident Response Team (“SIRT”) structure includes an Executive Response Team (“ERT”). The ERT is
composed of all members of the Executive Management Team, the Head of Business Continuity Management, and the CISO (if the
incident is due to a cyber breach), and it oversees a Management Response Team (“MRT”). In the event of a security incident, the
Company’s designated Response Coordinator, who is the Information Security Manager or the CISO’s designee, shall investigate the
reported security incident and assign an initial severity level. They will gather initial facts about the security incident, analyze
information it has received, identify those entities affected by the security incident, assess the preliminary severity and extent of the
damage (which can be financial or reputational).
If the severity is assessed as Low or Medium in accordance with criteria identified in the incident response and recovery plans, the
Response Coordinator will report the incident to the CISO and complete the remediation actions for the cybersecurity incident and
report the final outcome to the CISO. The CISO will report to the ERT remediation of Low or Medium cybersecurity incidents at least
on a quarterly basis. If the cybersecurity incident is classified as a High, or at the Response Coordinator’s discretion, the Response
Coordinator will report the cybersecurity incident to the CISO and promptly convene the ERT. The ERT will determine the
47
appropriate steps necessary to respond to the cybersecurity incident and oversee the MRT’s execution of the response. The ERT will
determine whether the cybersecurity incident needs to be escalated to the Board.
Third-Party Risk Management
The Company’s Third-Party Risk Management Program provides a risk-based approach to the assessment, measurement, monitoring,
and control of risks related to third parties with whom the Company does business, including vendors, service providers and other
external users of Company’s systems, as well as the systems of third parties that could adversely impact our business in the event of a
cybersecurity incident affecting those third-party systems. In particular, the Company confirms that new and existing service providers
are implementing appropriate measures to protect customer information and customer information systems in conformance with the
Company’s requirements.
Education and Awareness
Through its Information Security Awareness Program, the Company provides regular, mandatory training regarding cybersecurity
threats as a means to equip the Company’s personnel with effective tools to address cybersecurity threats, and to communicate the
Company’s evolving information security policies, standards, processes and effective practices.
Item 2. Properties.
As of December 31, 2025, our three branch offices in New York City, one branch office in Washington, D.C., one branch office in
San Francisco, and one commercial office in Boston are leased. We also lease an office in New York City that serves as our corporate
headquarters.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company entered into a new fifteen-year leases for the Company's headquarters in
New York City, which will replace the current headquarters, a new office in Oakland, and a new branch in New York City, which
replaces an existing branch. These leases are expected to commence in 2026.
We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our present and foreseeable needs, subject to possible future expansion.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
We are subject to certain pending and threatened legal proceedings that arise out of the ordinary course of business. Additionally, we,
like all banking organizations, are subject to regulatory examinations and investigations. Based upon management’s current
knowledge, following consultation with legal counsel, in the opinion of management, there is no pending or threatened legal matter
that would result in a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operation, either individually or in
the aggregate.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
48
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information and Holders of Record
Our common stock is listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “AMAL.” As of December 31, 2025, we had
29,818,424 shares of common stock outstanding and approximately 200 stockholders of record.
Dividend Policy
We have historically paid a quarterly cash dividend, and intend to continue paying a quarterly cash dividend per share on our common
stock, although we may elect not to pay dividends or to change the amount of such dividends. Any actual determination relating to our
dividend policy and the declaration of future dividends will be made, subject to applicable law and regulatory approvals, by our Board
of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including: (1) our historical and projected financial condition, liquidity and
results of operations, (2) our capital levels and needs, (3) tax considerations, (4) any acquisitions or potential acquisitions that we may
examine, (5) statutory and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations, (6) the terms of any credit agreements or other borrowing
arrangements that restrict our ability to pay cash dividends, (7) general economic conditions and (8) other factors deemed relevant by
our Board of Directors.
The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement on the payment
of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve’s view that a bank holding company generally
should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the
cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall
financial condition. The Federal Reserve has also indicated that a bank holding company should not maintain a level of cash dividends
that places undue pressure on the capital of its bank subsidiaries, or that can be funded only through additional borrowings or other
arrangements that undermine the bank holding company’s ability to act as a source of strength. As a Delaware public benefit
corporation, we are also subject to certain restrictions on dividends under the DGCL. Generally, a Delaware corporation may only pay
dividends either out of surplus or out of the current or the immediately preceding year’s net profits. Surplus is defined as the excess, if
any, at any given time, of the total assets of a corporation over its total liabilities and statutory capital. The value of a corporation’s
assets can be measured in a number of ways and may not necessarily equal their book value.
We pay cash dividends to our stockholders from our assets, which are provided primarily by dividends paid to the Company by our
Bank. Certain restrictions exist regarding the ability of the Bank to transfer funds to the Company in the form of cash dividends, loans
or advances. Federal bank regulators have stated that paying dividends that deplete a bank’s capital base to an inadequate level would
be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and that banking organizations should generally pay dividends only out of current
earnings. The FDIC’s prompt corrective action regulations also prohibit depository institutions, such as the Bank, from making any
“capital distribution,” which includes any transaction that the FDIC determines, by order or regulation, to be “in substance a
distribution of capital,” unless the depository institution will continue to be at least adequately capitalized after the distribution is
made. Pursuant to these provisions, it is possible that the FDIC would seek to prohibit the payment of dividends from the Bank to the
Company if we failed to maintain a status of at least adequately capitalized. The New York Banking Law contains similar provisions.
There can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends.
See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Supervision and Regulation—Amalgamated Financial Corp.—
Capital Requirements and Payment of Dividends” and “Supervision and Regulation—Amalgamated Bank—Payment of Dividends.”
49
Stock Performance Graph
The following stock performance graph compares the cumulative total shareholder returns for the Company's common stock, Nasdaq
Composite Index and the KBW Regional Bank Index for the last five fiscal years. The graph assumes that an investor originally
invested $100 in shares of the Bank's common stock at its closing price on December 31, 2020, and assumes reinvestment of dividends
and other distributions to stockholders. The following stock performance graph and related information shall not be deemed to be
“soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC, or subject to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, nor shall such information
be incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Exchange Act, except to the extent we specifically incorporate it by
reference into such filing. The stock performance graph represents past performance and should not be considered an indication of
future performance.
Cumulative Total Returns Period Ending
12/31/20
12/31/21
12/31/22
12/31/23
12/31/24
12/31/25
Nasdaq Composite Index
$
100.00 $
121.39 $
81.21 $
116.47 $
149.83 $
180.33
KBW Regional Bank Index
100.00
133.20
120.61
115.77
126.88
131.08
Amalgamated Financial Corp.
100.00
122.05
167.69
196.07
243.60
233.11
50
Repurchases of Equity Securities
The following table contains information regarding purchases of our common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2025
by or on behalf of the Company or any “affiliate purchaser” as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Total number of
shares
purchased (1)
Average price
paid per
share (3)
Total number of
shares
purchased as
part of publicly
announced plans
or programs
Approximate
dollar value
that may yet be
purchased
under plans or
programs (2)
October 1 through October 31, 2025
203,829 $
27.39
178,266 $
15,075,153
November 1 through November 30, 2025
122,510
27.84
122,324 $
11,669,731
December 1 through December 31, 2025
8,861
30.78
8,861 $
11,396,987
Total
335,200 $
27.64
309,451
(1) Includes 25,749 shares withheld for taxes related to the exercise or vesting of options and stock awards, as well as 309,451 shares repurchased pursuant to the share
repurchase program described in Note (2).
(2) Effective March 10, 2025, our Board of Directors authorized a new share repurchase program that allows the Company to repurchase up to $40 million of its
common stock (the "2025 Share Repurchase Program"). The authorization did not require us to acquire any specified number of shares and can be suspended or
discontinued without prior notice. Under the 2025 Share Repurchase Program, $8.6 million of common stock was purchased during the quarter ended December 31,
2025. Shares repurchased under the 2025 Share Repurchase Program are returned to the Company's treasury stock.
(3) Average price paid per share includes costs associated with the repurchases but excludes the 1% excise tax on stock repurchases imposed by the Inflation Reduction
Act of 2022.
51
Item 6. [Reserved]
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
General
The following is a discussion of our consolidated financial condition as of December 31, 2025, as compared to December 31,
2024, and our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023. The
purpose of this discussion is to focus on information about our financial condition and results of operations which is not otherwise
apparent from our consolidated financial statements and is intended to provide insight into our results of operations and financial
condition. This discussion and analysis is best read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes as
well as the financial and statistical data appearing elsewhere in this report. Historical results of operations and the percentage
relationships among any amounts included, and any trends that may appear, may not indicate results of operations for any future
periods.
This discussion generally focuses on 2025 and 2024 results and year-to-year comparisons between 2025 and 2024. Discussions of
2023 results and year-to-year comparisons between 2024 and 2023 can be found in the Management's Discussion and Analysis
located in Part II, Item 7 of our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, filed with the SEC on
March 6, 2025.
In addition to historical information, this discussion includes certain forward-looking statements regarding business matters and
events and trends that may affect our future results. For additional information regarding forward-looking statements and our
related cautionary disclosures, see the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” beginning on page ii of this
report.
In this discussion, unless the context indicates otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to the Company and the Bank.
However, if the discussion relates to a period before the Effective Date of our Reorganization, the terms refer only to the Bank.
Overview
Our Business
Amalgamated Financial Corp., a Delaware public benefit corporation was formed on August 25, 2020 to serve as the holding
company for the Bank, which was formed in 1923 as Amalgamated Bank of New York by the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of
America, one of the country’s oldest labor unions. On March 1, 2021, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of the
Bank and the Bank became the sole subsidiary of the Company. Although we are no longer majority union-owned, The
Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America’s successor, Workers United, an affiliate of the Service Employees International
Union that represents workers in the textile, distribution, food service and gaming industries, remains a significant stockholder,
holding approximately 38% of our equity as of December 31, 2025. As of December 31, 2025, our total assets were $8.87 billion,
our total loans, net of deferred fees and allowance were $4.90 billion, our total deposits were $7.95 billion, and our stockholders'
equity was $794.5 million. As of December 31, 2025, our trust business held $38.63 billion in assets under custody and $16.63
billion in assets under management.
We offer a complete suite of commercial and retail banking, investment management and trust and custody services. Our
commercial banking and trust businesses are national in scope and we also offer a full range of products and services to both
commercial and retail customers through our three branch offices across New York City, one branch office in Washington, D.C.,
one branch office in San Francisco, one commercial office in Boston and our digital banking platform. Our corporate divisions
include Commercial Banking, Trust and Investment Management and Consumer Banking. Product line includes residential
mortgage loans C&I loans, CRE loans, multifamily mortgages, consumer loans (predominantly residential solar) and a variety of
commercial and consumer deposit products, including non-interest bearing accounts, interest-bearing demand products, savings
accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit. We also offer online banking and bill payment services, online cash
management, safe deposit box rentals, debit card and ATM card services and the availability of a nationwide network of ATMs
for our customers.
We currently offer a wide range of trust, custody, and investment management services, including asset safekeeping, corporate
actions, income collections, proxy services, account transition, asset transfers, and conversion management. We also offer a broad
range of investment products, including both index and actively-managed funds spanning equity, fixed-income, real estate and
alternative investment strategies to meet the needs of our clients. Our products and services are tailored to our target customer
52
base that prefers a financial partner that is socially responsible, values-oriented and committed to creating positive change in the
world. These customers include advocacy-based non-profits, social welfare organizations, national labor unions, political
organizations, foundations, socially responsible businesses, and other for-profit companies that seek to ensure their profit-making
activities align for the benefit of all their stakeholders.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared based on the application of generally accepted accounting policies ("GAAP")
in the United States, or GAAP, the most significant of which are described in Note 1 of our audited consolidated financial
statements, starting on page 84 of this report. To prepare financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management makes
estimates, assumptions and judgments based on available information. These estimates, assumptions and judgments affect the
amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on
information available as of the date of the financial statements and, as this information changes, actual results could differ from
the estimates, assumptions and judgments reflected in the financial statements. In particular, management has identified
accounting policies that, due to the estimates, assumptions and judgments inherent in those policies, are critical in understanding
our financial statements. Management has presented the application of these policies to the Audit Committee of our Board of
Directors.
The following is a discussion of the critical accounting policies and significant estimates that require us to make complex and
subjective judgments. Additional information about these policies can be found in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements,
which begin on page 84 of this report.
Allowance for credit losses on loans
Methods and Assumptions Underlying the Estimate
The allowance for credit losses is established and maintained through a provision for credit losses based on expected losses
inherent in our loan portfolio. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis, and additions to the
allowance are charged to expense and subsequent changes (favorable and unfavorable) in expected credit losses are recognized
immediately in net income as a credit loss expense or a reversal of credit loss expense. Loans are charged off against the
allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed, and expected recoveries do not exceed
the aggregate of amounts previously charged-off and expected to be charged-off. Determining the appropriateness of the
allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of inherently uncertain matters.
As described in Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements, the Company enhanced its allowance for credit loss ("ACL")
calculation during 2025, which included a change in its ACL software vendor. The enhancement is intended to better align the
estimation process with the nature and risk profile of the Company's loan portfolio, while enhancing operational efficiency and
consistency in application. The enhancement did not have a material impact to the Company's financial statements. See Note 5 of
our consolidated financial statements for additional information related to the change.
For segments other than the consumer solar loan segment, we calculate the quantitative portion of the allowance for credit losses
using the discounted cash flow methodology ("DCF") whereby the amortized cost basis of the loan is compared to the net present
value of expected cash flows to be collected. For segments with reserves calculated under the DCF model, a peer group by
segment is used to develop periodic default rates, and statistical regression is utilized to relate historical macro-economic
variables to historical credit loss experience of that peer group of banks. The DCF model includes a four-quarter reasonable and
supportable economic forecast period followed by a four-quarter straight-line reversion to historical loss rates. In addition, the
model incorporates assumptions for curtailment rates and recovery lag periods in its calculation of quantitative allowance.
For the consumer solar loan segment, the weighted average remaining maturity ("WARM") methodology calculates expected
credit losses based on historical loss rates and forecasts those losses over the weighted average remaining maturity of the
portfolio. The core assumption of the WARM methodology is based on use of internal loss data applied to a straight-line balance
reduction, which aligns with the nature of repayment of these loans as well as the Company’s strategy of portfolio runoff.
Adjustments to the quantitative results for both DCF and WARM models are made using qualitative factors. These factors
include: (1) borrowers' financial condition; (2) borrowers' ability to pay; (3) nature and volume of financial assets; (4) value of the
underlying collateral; (5) lending policies and procedures; (6) quality of the loan review system; (7) the experience, ability, and
depth of staff; (8) regulatory and legal environment; (9) changes in market conditions; and (10) changes in economic conditions.
Factors are weighted based on level of impact and assigned a risk rating that determine the amount of required qualitative
reserves. The level of impact and risk ratings are evaluated each quarter.
53
For loans that do not share risk characteristics, the Company evaluates these loans on an individual basis based on various factors.
Factors that may be considered are borrowers delinquency trends and nonaccrual status, probability of foreclosure or note sale,
changes in the borrowers' circumstances or cash collections, borrowers' industry, or other facts and circumstances of the loan or
collateral. The expected credit loss is measured based on net realizable value, that is, the difference between the discounted value
of the expected future cash flows, based on the original effective interest rate, and the amortized cost basis of the loan. For
collateral dependent loans, expected credit loss is measured as the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the
fair value of the collateral, less estimated costs to sell.
The Company assesses the sensitivity of key assumptions and economic forecasts utilized by the DCF model by segment at least
annually by stressing assumptions and forecasts to understand the impact on the model. Key assumptions include peer groups per
segment, macroeconomic variables used in our economic forecasts, and prepayment speeds. We apply benchmark rates for the
prepayment and curtailment assumptions for statistical reference.
While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of our allowance is dependent
upon a variety of factors beyond our control which are inherently difficult to predict, the most significant being the
macroeconomic forecasts. As economic conditions can change, the anticipated amount of estimated loan defaults and losses, and
therefore the adequacy of the allowance, could change significantly. Economic conditions more favorable than forecasted could
lead to reductions in the amount of the allowance, and conversely conditions more adverse than forecasted could require increases
in the amount of the allowance. The Company selects the economic forecast that is most reflective of expectations at that point in
time, and changes could significantly impact the calculated estimated credit losses. To understand the impact of economic forecast
changes on the ACL, we applied an adverse economic scenario to our DCF model. Consumer solar loans are not considered in
this assessment as economic forecasts do not impact the WARM methodology. Compared to our December 31, 2025 baseline
scenario, the adverse scenario assumes a 25 basis point lower GDP and a 18 basis point higher unemployment rate. This resulted
in an increase in reserves by approximately 3%.
Uncertainties Regarding the Estimate
Estimating the timing and amounts of future credit losses is subject to significant management judgment as these projected cash
flows rely upon the estimates discussed within the Allowance for Credit Losses policy and factors that are reflective of current or
future expected conditions. These estimates depend on the duration of current overall economic conditions, industry, borrower, or
portfolio specific conditions. Volatility in certain credit metrics and differences between expected and actual outcomes are to be
expected.
Customers may not repay their loans according to the original terms, and the collateral securing the payment of those loans may
be insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance. Bank regulators periodically review our allowance for credit losses and may
require us to increase our provision for credit losses or loan charge-offs.
Impact on Financial Condition and Results of Operations
If our assumptions prove to be incorrect, the allowance for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover expected losses in the loan
portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. Future additions or reductions to the allowance may be necessary based on
changes in economic, market or other conditions. Changes in estimates could result in a material change in the allowance through
charges to earnings would materially decrease our net income.
We may experience significant credit losses if borrowers experience financial difficulties, which could have a material adverse
effect on our operating results.
In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of the examination process, periodically review the allowance for
credit losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments of the
information available to them at the time of their examination.
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements, which are included beginning on page 93 of this report for a discussion of
recently issued accounting pronouncements that have been or will be adopted by us that will require enhanced disclosures in our
financial statements in future periods.
54
Impact of Inflation and Changing Interest Rates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which requires us to measure financial
position and operating results primarily in terms of historic dollars. Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation or
recession generally are not considered. The primary effect of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs.
Unlike most industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. Therefore, the effect of changes in
interest rates will have a more significant effect on our performance than will the effect of changing prices and inflation in
general. While interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate
or in the same magnitude as the inflation rate. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control,
including changes in the expected rate of inflation, the influence of general and local economic conditions and the monetary and
fiscal policies of the United States government, its agencies and various other governmental regulatory authorities. For more
information about how we evaluate interest rate risk, please see the section entitled “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures
about Market Risk – Evaluation of Interest Rate Risk.”
Results of Operations
General
Our results of operations depend substantially on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on interest-
earning assets, consisting primarily of interest income on loans, investment securities and other short-term investments and
interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, consisting primarily of interest expense on deposits and borrowings. Our results of
operations are also dependent on non-interest income, consisting primarily of income from Trust Department fees, service charges
on deposit accounts, net gains or losses on sales of investment securities and income from bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”).
Other factors contributing to our results of operations include our provisions for credit losses, income taxes, and non-interest
expenses, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy and depreciation expenses, professional fees, data processing fees
and other miscellaneous operating costs.
Net income for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $104.4 million, or $3.41 per average diluted share, compared to $106.4
million, or $3.44 per average diluted share, for the same period in 2024. The $2.0 million decrease was primarily due an increase
in non-interest expense of $12.4 million, an increase in provision for credit losses of $6.0 million, and a decrease of non-interest
income of $2.3 million, partially offset by net interest income which increased by $15.4 million and a decrease in income tax
expense of $3.5 million.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income, representing interest income less interest expense, is a significant contributor to our revenues and earnings.
We generate interest income from interest, dividends and prepayment fees on interest-earning assets, including loans, investment
securities and other short-term investments. We incur interest expense from interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, including
interest-bearing deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLBNY") advances, subordinated debt, and other
borrowings. To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor (i) yields on our loans and other interest-earning assets, (ii)
the costs of our deposits and other funding sources, (iii) our net interest spread and (iv) our net interest margin. Net interest spread
is equal to the difference between rates earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest
margin is equal to the annualized net interest income divided by average net interest-earning assets. Average balances were
derived from average daily balances. Because non-interest-bearing sources of funds, such as non-interest-bearing deposits and
stockholders’ equity, also fund interest-earning assets, net interest margin includes the benefit of these non-interest-bearing
sources.
Changes in the market interest rates and interest rates we earn on interest-earning assets or pay on interest-bearing liabilities, as
well as the volume and types of interest-earning assets, interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing liabilities, are usually the largest
drivers of periodic changes in net interest spread, net interest margin and net interest income.
55
The following table sets forth information related to our average balance sheet, average yields on assets, and average costs of
liabilities for the periods indicated:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Average
Balance
Income /
Expense
Yield /
Rate
Average
Balance
Income /
Expense
Yield /
Rate
Average
Balance
Income /
Expense
Yield /
Rate
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits in banks
$ 136,810
$
5,341
3.90 % $ 176,830
$
8,669
4.90 % $ 142,053
$
5,779
4.07 %
Securities(1)
3,384,246
172,553
5.10 % 3,295,597
171,308
5.20 % 3,250,788
160,298
4.93 %
Resell agreements
51,554
3,719
7.21 %
89,312
5,939
6.65 %
10,233
705
6.89 %
Total loans (2)(3)
4,720,351
240,616
5.10 % 4,479,038
215,380
4.81 % 4,259,195
191,295
4.49 %
Total interest-earning assets
8,292,961
422,229
5.09 % 8,040,777
401,296
4.99 % 7,662,269
358,077
4.67 %
Non-interest-earning assets:
Cash and due from banks
6,146
5,970
5,140
Other assets
211,921
218,033
208,902
Total assets
$ 8,511,028
$ 8,264,780
$ 7,876,311
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings, NOW and money market deposits $ 4,465,877
$ 114,209
2.56 % $ 3,699,972
$ 99,362
2.69 % $ 3,344,407
$ 59,818
1.79 %
Time deposits
213,261
7,345
3.44 %
210,599
7,706
3.66 %
167,167
3,452
2.07 %
Brokered CDs
—
—
0.00 %
122,035
6,393
5.24 %
364,833
17,854
4.89 %
Total interest-bearing deposits
4,679,138
121,554
2.60 % 4,032,606
113,461
2.81 % 3,876,407
81,124
2.09 %
Borrowings
88,817
2,891
3.26 %
140,539
5,405
3.85 %
350,039
15,642
4.47 %
Total interest-bearing liabilities
4,767,955
124,445
2.61 % 4,173,145
118,866
2.85 % 4,226,446
96,766
2.29 %
Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
Demand and transaction deposits
2,929,346
3,373,047
3,045,013
Other liabilities
61,126
69,245
73,770
Total liabilities
7,758,427
7,615,437
7,345,229
Stockholders' equity
752,601
649,343
531,082
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$ 8,511,028
$ 8,264,780
$ 7,876,311
Net interest income / interest rate spread
$ 297,784
2.48 %
$ 282,430
2.14 %
$ 261,311
2.38 %
Net yield on interest-earning assets / net
interest margin
$ 3,525,006
3.59 % $ 3,867,632
3.51 % $ 3,435,823
3.41 %
Total Cost of Deposits
1.60 %
1.53 %
1.17 %
(1) Includes FHLBNY stock in the average balance, and dividend income on FHLBNY stock in interest income.
(2) Amounts are net of deferred origination fees and costs. With the adoption of the current expected credit losses ("CECL") standard on January 1, 2023, the
average balance of the allowance for credit losses on loans was reclassified for all presented periods to other assets to allow for comparability.
(3) Includes prepayment penalty income in 2025, 2024, and 2023 of $1.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.
Net interest income was $297.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $282.4 million for the same period in
2024. The $15.4 million, or 5.4% increase was primarily attributable to an increase in yields earned on loans. These impacts are
partially offset by an increase in interest expense and average balances of interest-bearing deposits.
Net interest spread was 2.48% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 2.14% for the same period in 2024, an
increase of 34 basis points. Our net interest margin was 3.59% for the year ended December 31, 2025, an increase of 8 basis
56
points from 3.51% in the same period in 2024. This was largely due to the continued loan growth, as well as increase in yields
earned on loans outpacing the increase in the cost of deposits.
The yield on average earning assets was 5.09% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 4.99% for the same period in
2024, an increase of 10 basis points. This increase was driven primarily by an increase in average loan balances as well as loan
yields.
The average rate on interest-bearing liabilities was 2.61% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 2.85% for the same
period in 2024, a decrease of 24 basis points. This decrease was driven primarily by a decrease in market rates paid on deposits
due to several cuts in the federal funds rate, and a decrease in brokered certificate of deposits, partially offset by an increase in
average balance of deposits, particularly in savings, NOW, and money market deposits. Non-interest-bearing deposits represented
39% of average deposits for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 46% for the year ended December 31, 2024.
Rate-Volume Analysis
Increases and decreases in interest income and interest expense result from changes in average balances (volume) of interest-
earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as changes in weighted average interest rates. The table below presents the
effect of volume and rate changes on interest income and expense. Changes in volume are changes in the average balance
multiplied by the previous period’s average rate. Changes in rate are changes in the average rate multiplied by the average balance
from the previous period. The net changes attributable to the combined impact of both rate and volume have been allocated
proportionately to the changes due to volume and the changes due to rate:
Year Ended
December 31, 2025 over December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
Volume
Changes Due To
Rate
Net Change
Interest-earning assets:
Interest-bearing deposits in banks
$
(1,774) $
(1,554) $
(3,328)
Securities
4,583
(3,338)
1,245
Resell Agreements
(2,529)
309
(2,220)
Total loans, net
11,947
13,289
25,236
Total interest income
12,227
8,706
20,933
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Savings, NOW and money market deposits
20,414
(5,567)
14,847
Time deposits
95
(456)
(361)
Brokered CDs
(6,393)
—
(6,393)
Total deposits
14,116
(6,023)
8,093
Borrowings
(2,172)
(342)
(2,514)
Total interest expense
11,944
(6,365)
5,579
Change in net interest income
$
283 $
15,071 $
15,354
Provision for Credit Losses
We establish an allowance for credit losses through a provision for credit losses charged as an expense in our Consolidated
Statements of Income.
57
Provision for credit losses totaled an expense of $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to an expense of
$10.3 million for the same period in 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2025, the provision for credit losses on loans totaled
$17.6 million, the provision for credit losses on securities totaled $39.6 thousand, and the provision for credit losses on off-
balance sheet credit exposures was a release of reserves of $1.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the provision for
credit losses on loans totaled $10.4 million, the provision for credit losses on securities totaled $18.8 thousand, and the provision
for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures was a release of reserves of $50.0 thousand. Overall, the provision expense
on loans was primarily driven by charge-offs on consumer solar and business banking portfolios, a charge-off for one syndicated
commercial and industrial loan in connection with a note sale, a charge-off for one multi-family loan in connection with a transfer
to held-for-sale, and increases in specific reserves, partially offset by release of reserves in the one-to-four family residential real
estate and consumer solar loan portfolios as a result of the Company's portfolio runoff strategy.
For a further discussion of the allowance, see “Allowance for Credit Losses” below.
Non-Interest Income
Our non-interest income includes Trust Department fees, which consist of fees received in connection with investment advisory
and custodial management services of investment accounts, service fees charged on deposit accounts, income on BOLI, gain or
loss on sales of securities, sales of loans, and other real estate owned, income from equity method investments, and other income.
The following table presents our non-interest income for the periods indicated:
Year Ended
December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Trust Department fees
$
16,181 $
15,186 $
15,175
Service charges on deposit accounts
17,502
32,178
10,999
Bank-owned life insurance income
3,124
2,498
2,882
Losses on sale of securities and other assets, net
(3,431)
(9,698)
(7,392)
Gain (loss) on sale of loans and changes in fair value on loans
held-for-sale, net
(2,720)
(8,197)
32
Equity method investments income (loss)
(1,733)
(831)
4,932
Other income
2,017
2,079
2,708
Total non-interest income
$
30,940 $
33,215 $
29,336
Non-interest income was $30.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $33.2 million for the same period in
2024, a decrease of $2.3 million. The decrease of $2.3 million was primarily due to a $14.8 million decrease in service charges on
deposit accounts primarily due to decreases in IntraFi Insured Cash Sweep network ("ICS") One-Way Sell income, offset by a
$6.3 million decrease in losses on the sale of securities, and a $5.5 million decrease in losses on sale of loans and change in fair
value on loans held-for-sale.
Service charges on deposit accounts includes service charges income generated from our retail deposit business, which includes a
custodial deposit transference structure through the ICS for certain deposit programs whereby we, acting as custodian of account
holder funds, place a portion of such account holder funds that are not needed to support near term settlement at one or more
third-party banks insured by the FDIC (each, a "Program Bank"). Accounts opened at Program Banks are established in our name
as custodian, for the benefit of our account holders. We remain the issuer of all accounts under the applicable account holder
agreements and have sole custodial control and transaction authority over the accounts opened at Program Banks. We maintain
the records of each account holder's deposits maintained at Program Banks. In return for record keeping services at Program
Banks, the Company receives a servicing charge. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, the Company recognized $2.4
million in servicing charge income attributable to our off-balance sheet deposit strategy, compared to $17.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2024.
Trust Department fees consist of fees we receive in connection with our investment advisory and custodial management services
of investment accounts. Our Trust Department fees were $16.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2025, an increase of $1.0
million, or 6.6%, from same period in 2024.
Equity method investments income consists of income from solar tax equity investments. For equity method investments not
compliant with ASU 2023-02, Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323) - Accounting for Investments in Tax
58
Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method. the recognition of tax credits upon initial investment, which is
considered income from these investments, is volatile before achieving steady state. In the early stages of the investment,
accelerated depreciation of the value of the investment creates net losses, after which steady state income is achieved, generally
within four quarters of the initial investment. Equity method investments loss was $1.7 million in the year ended December 31,
2025, compared to a loss of $0.8 million for the same period in 2024. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Bank
invested in a solar tax equity investment that was compliant with ASU 2023-02. The tax credits from this equity investment are
recognized as benefits in the tax provision line.
Non-Interest Expense
The following table presents non-interest expense for the periods indicated:
Year Ended
December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Compensation and employee benefits
$
98,555 $
93,766 $
85,774
Occupancy and depreciation
13,385
13,081
13,605
Professional fees
14,301
9,957
9,637
Technology
24,075
19,802
17,744
Office maintenance and depreciation
2,145
2,471
2,830
Amortization of intangible assets
574
730
888
Advertising and promotion
2,353
3,731
4,181
Federal deposit insurance premiums
3,775
3,715
4,018
Other expense
13,083
12,519
12,570
Total non-interest expense
$
172,246 $
159,772 $
151,247
Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $172.2 million, an increase of $12.5 million from $159.8 million
for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to an $4.8 million increase in compensation expense due
to increased headcount, corporate incentive payments, and temporary personnel costs, a $4.3 million increase in professional fees,
and a $4.3 million increase in technology expense, offset by a $1.4 million decrease in advertising and promotion expense.
Income Taxes
Provision for income tax expense was $35.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $39.2 million for the
same period in 2024. Our effective tax rate was 25.5% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 26.9% for the same
period in 2024. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily driven by the recognition of a tax credit from a tax equity
investment in compliance with ASU 2023-02 during the year ended December 31, 2025.
Financial Condition
Balance Sheet
Total assets were $8.87 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $8.26 billion at December 31, 2024. Notable changes within
individual balance sheet line items include a $768.6 million increase in total deposits, a $286.8 million increase in loans
receivable, a $230.5 million increase in cash and equivalents, a $122.3 million increase in investment securities, a $24.9 million
increase in resell agreements, and a $244.9 million decrease in borrowings.
Investment Securities
The primary goal of our securities portfolio is to maintain an available source of liquidity and an efficient investment return on
excess capital, while maintaining a low-risk profile. We also use our securities portfolio to manage interest rate risk, meet
Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) goals, support the Company's mission, and to provide collateral for certain types of
deposits or borrowings. An Investment Committee, chaired by our Chief Financial Officer, manages our investment securities
59
portfolio according to written investment policies approved by our Board of Directors. Investments in our securities portfolio may
change over time based on management’s objectives and market conditions.
We seek to minimize credit risk in our securities portfolio through diversification, concentration limits, restrictions on high risk
investments (such as subordinated positions), comprehensive pre-purchase analysis and stress testing, ongoing monitoring and by
investing a significant portion of our securities portfolio in U.S. Government sponsored entity (“GSE”) obligations. GSEs include
the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the
Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and the Small Business Administration (“SBA”). GNMA is a wholly-
owned U.S. Government corporation whereas FHLMC and FNMA are private. Mortgage-related securities may include mortgage
pass-through certificates, participation certificates and collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”). We invest in non-GSE
securities, including property assessed clean energy ("PACE") assessments, in order to generate higher returns, improve portfolio
diversification and reduce interest rate and prepayment risk. With the exception of small legacy CRA investments, Trust Preferred
securities, and certain corporate bonds, all of our non-GSE securities are senior positions that are the top of the capital structure.
Our investment securities portfolio consists of securities classified as available for sale and held-to-maturity. There were no
trading securities in our investment portfolio at December 31, 2025 or at December 31, 2024. All available for sale securities are
carried at fair value and may be used for liquidity purposes should management consider it to be in our best interest.
At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had available for sale securities of $1.78 billion and $1.63 billion,
respectively.
At December 31, 2025, our held-to-maturity securities portfolio primarily consisted of PACE assessments, tax-exempt municipal
securities, GSE commercial and residential certificates and other debt. We carry these securities at amortized cost. We had held-
to-maturity securities of $1.55 billion at December 31, 2025, and $1.59 billion at December 31, 2024.
Management measures expected credit losses on held-to-maturity debt securities on a collective basis by major security type.
Accrued interest receivable on held-to-maturity debt securities totaled $29.8 million at December 31, 2025 and $27.0 million at
December 31, 2024, and is excluded from the estimate of credit losses, as accrued interest receivable is reversed for securities
placed on nonaccrual status. The allowance for credit losses for held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2025 was $0.7 million
compared to $0.7 million at December 31, 2024. The provision for credit losses for held-to-maturity securities was an expense of
$39.6 thousand for the year December 31, 2025 compared to a recovery of $18.8 thousand at December 31, 2024.
For available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company first assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is
more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the
criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security's amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through
income. For debt securities available-for-sale that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the Company evaluates whether the
decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or other factors. In making this assessment, management considers the extent
to which fair value is less than amortized cost, any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency, and adverse conditions
specifically related to the security, among other factors. If this assessment indicates that an expected credit loss exists, the present
value of cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the
present value of cash flows expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for
credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Any
impairment that has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income.
Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded as credit loss expense (or reversal). Losses are charged against the
allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of an available-for-sale security is confirmed or when either of the
criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met.
Accrued interest receivable on available for sale debt securities totaled $11.8 million at December 31, 2025, and $11.7 million at
December 31, 2024, and is excluded from the estimate of credit losses, as accrued interest receivable is reversed for securities
placed on nonaccrual status.
60
The following table is a summary of our investment portfolio, using market value for available for sale securities and amortized
cost for held-to-maturity securities, as of the dates indicated.
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
(In thousands)
Amount
% of
Portfolio
Amount
% of
Portfolio
Amount
% of
Portfolio
Available for sale:
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates & CMOs
$
567,070
17.0 % $
508,158
15.8 % $ 480,615
15.1 %
Non-GSE certificates & CMOs
273,232
8.2 %
214,175
6.7 %
196,860
6.2 %
ABS
629,168
18.8 %
652,334
20.3 %
627,635
19.7 %
Corporate
95,504
2.9 %
98,315
3.1 %
120,741
3.8 %
Other
15,075
0.5 %
4,065
0.1 %
3,888
0.1 %
PACE assessments:
Residential PACE assessments
203,502
6.1 %
152,011
4.7 %
53,303
1.7 %
Total available for sale
1,783,551
53.5 %
1,629,058
50.7 % 1,483,042
46.6 %
Held-to-maturity:
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates & CMOs
184,690
5.5 %
188,194
5.9 %
194,329
6.1 %
Non-GSE certificates & CMOs
69,198
2.1 %
73,850
2.3 %
79,406
2.5 %
ABS
156,020
4.7 %
215,161
6.7 %
279,916
8.8 %
Municipal
64,083
1.9 %
65,090
2.0 %
66,635
2.1 %
Corporate
3,000
0.1 %
—
— %
—
— %
PACE assessments:
Commercial PACE assessments
327,735
9.8 %
268,692
8.4 %
258,306
8.1 %
Residential PACE assessments
750,033
22.5 %
775,922
24.0 %
818,963
25.8 %
Total held-to-maturity
1,554,759
46.5 %
1,586,909
49.3 % 1,697,555
53.4 %
Total securities
$
3,338,310
100.0 % $
3,215,967
100.0 % $ 3,180,597
100.0 %
61
The following table shows contractual maturities and yields for the available for sale and held-to-maturity securities portfolios:
Contractual Maturity as of December 31, 2025
One Year or Less
One to Five Years
Five to Ten Years
Due after Ten Years
(In thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Amortized
Cost
Weighted
Average
Yield (1)
Available for sale:
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates &
CMOs
$
—
— % $
20,364
4.0 % $
89,027
4.2 % $ 471,055
4.5 %
Non-GSE certificates &
CMOs
—
— %
21,750
5.4 %
—
— %
260,037
4.3 %
ABS
949
5.1 %
14,632
5.8 %
93,109
5.2 %
529,945
5.0 %
Corporate
15,003
4.9 %
17,996
6.5 %
67,001
4.0 %
—
— %
Other
200
4.3 %
—
0.0 %
—
— %
14,990
3.7 %
PACE assessments:
Residential PACE
assessments
122
8.7 %
2,688
8.1 %
8,878
7.5 %
188,315
7.3 %
Held-to-maturity:
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates &
CMOs
—
0.0 %
14,348
3.1 %
25,540
2.9 %
144,802
3.0 %
Non-GSE certificates &
CMOs
—
0.0 %
—
0.0 %
—
0.0 %
69,198
2.0 %
ABS
—
0.0 %
—
0.0 %
55,151
5.4 %
100,869
4.0 %
Municipal
—
0.0 %
9,479
3.7 %
13,046
3.4 %
41,558
2.5 %
Corporate
—
0.0 %
—
0.0 %
3,000
7.0 %
—
0.0 %
PACE assessments:
Commercial PACE
assessments
—
0.0 %
—
0.0 %
5,618
7.1 %
322,117
5.8 %
Residential PACE
assessments
2,067
4.2 %
7,641
4.9 %
30,285
4.9 %
710,040
5.4 %
Total securities
$
18,341
4.9 % $ 108,898
4.9 % $ 390,655
4.5 % $ 2,852,926
4.9 %
(1) Estimated yield based on book price (amortized cost divided by par) using estimated prepayments and no change in interest rates.
62
The following table shows a breakdown of our asset backed securities by sector and ratings at carrying value based on the fair
value of available for sale securities and amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities as of December 31, 2025:
Expected
Avg.
Life in
Years
Credit Ratings
Highest Rating if split rated
(In thousands)
Amount
%
%
Floating
% AAA
% AA
% A
% BBB
% Not
Rated
Total
CLO Commercial & Industrial
$ 541,247
69 %
3.8
100 %
98 %
2 %
0 %
0 %
0 %
100 %
Consumer
183,326
23 %
4.6
0 %
31 %
34 %
35 %
0 %
0 %
100 %
Mortgage
36,636
5 %
1.6
100 %
100 %
0 %
0 %
0 %
0 %
100 %
Student
23,979
3 %
4.3
38 %
67 %
33 %
0 %
0 %
0 %
100 %
Total Securities:
$ 785,188
100 %
3.9
75 %
82 %
10 %
8 %
0 %
0 %
100 %
Loans
Lending-related income is an important component of our net interest income and is a main driver of our results of operations.
Total loans, net of deferred origination fees and allowance for credit losses, were $4.90 billion as of December 31, 2025 compared
to $4.61 billion as of December 31, 2024. Within our commercial loan portfolio, our primary focus has been on C&I, multifamily
and CRE lending.
The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024:
(In thousands)
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2024
Amount
% of total loans
Amount
% of total loans
Commercial portfolio:
Commercial and industrial
$
1,334,794
26.9 %
$
1,175,490
25.2 %
Multifamily
1,643,779
33.2 %
1,351,604
28.9 %
Commercial real estate
363,266
7.3 %
411,387
8.8 %
Construction and land development
24,803
0.5 %
20,683
0.4 %
Total commercial portfolio
3,366,642
67.9 %
2,959,164
63.3 %
Retail portfolio:
Residential real estate lending
1,237,791
25.0 %
1,313,617
28.1 %
Consumer solar
325,154
6.6 %
365,516
7.8 %
Consumer and other
27,686
0.5 %
34,627
0.8 %
Total retail portfolio
1,590,631
32.1 %
1,713,760
36.7 %
Total loans
4,957,273
100.0 %
4,672,924
100.0 %
Allowance for credit losses
(57,586)
(60,086)
Total loans, net
$
4,899,687
$
4,612,838
Commercial loan portfolio
Our commercial loan portfolio comprised 67.9% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2025 and 63.3% of our total loan
portfolio at December 31, 2024. The major categories of our commercial loan portfolio are discussed below:
Commercial & Industrial ("C&I"). Our C&I loans are generally made to small and medium-sized manufacturers and wholesale,
retail and service-based businesses to provide either working capital or to finance major capital expenditures. In addition, our C&I
portfolio includes commercial solar financings; for many of these we are the sole lender, while for some others we are a
participant in a syndicated credit facility led by another institution. The primary source of repayment for C&I loans is generally
operating cash flows of the business or project. We also seek to minimize risks related to these loans by requiring such loans to be
collateralized by various business assets (including inventory, equipment, accounts receivable, and the assignment of contracts
63
that generate cash flow). The average size of our C&I loans at December 31, 2025 by exposure was $7.9 million with a median
size of $0.6 million. We have shifted our lending strategy to focus on developing full customer relationships including deposits,
cash management, and lending. The businesses that we focus on are generally mission aligned with our core values, including
organic and natural products, sustainable companies, clean energy, nonprofits, and B Corporations TM.
Our C&I loans totaled $1.33 billion at December 31, 2025, which comprised 26.9% of our total loan portfolio. During the year
ended 2025, the C&I loan portfolio increased by 13.6% from $1.18 billion at December 31, 2024.
Multifamily. Our multifamily loans are generally used to purchase or refinance apartment buildings of five units or more, which
collateralize the loan, in major metropolitan areas within our markets. Multifamily loans have 81% of their exposure in New York
City—our largest geographic concentration. Our multifamily loans have been underwritten under stringent guidelines on loan-to-
value and debt service coverage ratios that are designed to mitigate credit and concentration risk in this loan category. The
average current LTV of our multifamily loans is approximately 56%.
Our multifamily loans totaled $1.64 billion at December 31, 2025, which comprised 33.2% of our total loan portfolio. During the
year ended 2025, the multifamily loan portfolio increased by 21.6% from $1.35 billion at December 31, 2024.
CRE. Our CRE loans are used to purchase or refinance office buildings, owner-occupied office buildings, retail centers, industrial
facilities and mixed-used buildings. CRE loans have 64% of their exposure in New York City. Our CRE loans have been
underwritten under stringent guidelines on loan-to-value and debt service coverage ratios that are designed to mitigate credit and
concentration risk in this loan category. The average LTV, based on underwriting appraisal value, of our CRE loans is
approximately 45%.
Our CRE loans totaled $363.3 million at December 31, 2025, which comprised 7.3% of our total loan portfolio. During the year
ended December 31, 2025, the CRE loan portfolio decreased by 11.7% from $411.4 million at December 31, 2024.
Retail loan portfolio
Our retail loan portfolio comprised 32.1% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2025 and 36.7% of our loan portfolio at
December 31, 2024. The major categories of our retail loan portfolio are discussed below:
Residential real estate lending. Our residential one-to-four family mortgage loans are residential mortgages that are
primarily secured by single-family homes, which can be owner occupied or investor owned. These loans were either
originated by our loan officers or purchased from other originators with the servicing retained by such originators. Our
residential real estate lending portfolio is 99% first mortgage loans and 1% second mortgage loans. As of December 31,
2025, approximately 80% of our residential one-to-four family mortgage loans were either originated by our loan officers
or were acquired in our acquisition of New Resource Bank, and approximately 20% were purchased or acquired. Our
residential real estate lending loans totaled $1.24 billion at December 31, 2025, which comprised 77.8% of our retail loan
portfolio and 25.0% of our total loan portfolio. During the year ended December 31, 2025, our residential real estate
lending loans decreased by 5.8% from $1.31 billion at December 31, 2024. Beginning in February 2026, in order to
maintain strong client relationships, the Company entered into a marketing services agreement with Embrace Home
Loans to refer its customers for residential loans services, while advancing its broader strategic focus.
Consumer solar. Our consumer solar portfolio is comprised of purchased residential solar loans, secured by Uniform
Commercial Code ("UCC") financing statements. Our consumer solar portfolio is fully acquired and is in run-off mode.
Our consumer solar loans totaled $325.2 million at December 31, 2025, which comprised 6.6% of our total loan
portfolio, compared to $365.5 million, or 7.8%, of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2024.
Consumer and other. Our consumer and other portfolio is comprised of purchased student loans, unsecured consumer
loans and overdraft lines. Our consumer and other loans totaled $27.7 million at December 31, 2025, which comprised
0.5% of our total loan portfolio, compared to $34.6 million, or 0.8% of our total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2024.
Maturities and Sensitivity of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates
The information in the following table is based on the contractual maturities of individual loans, including loans that may be
subject to renewal at their contractual maturity. Renewal of these loans is subject to review and credit approval, as well as
64
modification of terms upon maturity. Actual repayments of loans may differ from the maturities reflected below because
borrowers have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.
The following table summarizes our loans held for investment portfolio at December 31, 2025 by maturity date.
(In thousands)
One year or less
After one but
within five years
After 5 years
but within 15
years
After 15 years
Total
Commercial Portfolio:
Commercial and industrial
$
269,893 $
507,457 $
399,717 $
157,727 $
1,334,794
Multifamily
155,530
1,237,587
249,857
805
1,643,779
Commercial real estate
22,197
284,284
35,624
21,161
363,266
Construction and land development
16,172
8,631
—
—
24,803
Retail Portfolio:
Residential real estate lending
71
7,042
68,986
1,161,692
1,237,791
Consumer solar
71
4,325
90,088
230,670
325,154
Consumer and other
124
987
18,829
7,746
27,686
Total Loans
$
464,058 $
2,050,313 $
863,101 $
1,579,801 $
4,957,273
The following table presents our loans held for investment with maturity due after December 31, 2026:
(In thousands)
Fixed
Adjustable
Total
Commercial Portfolio:
Commercial and industrial
$
604,402 $
460,499 $
1,064,901
Multifamily
1,456,917
31,332
1,488,249
Commercial real estate
334,843
6,226
341,069
Construction and land development
—
8,631
8,631
Retail Portfolio:
Residential real estate lending
710,478
527,242
1,237,720
Consumer solar
325,083
—
325,083
Consumer and other
27,107
455
27,562
Total Loans
$
3,458,830 $
1,034,385 $
4,493,215
Allowance for Credit Losses
With the adoption of the CECL standard, the allowance for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2025, December 31,
2024 and December 31, 2023 is calculated under the expected credit losses model. We maintain the allowance at a level we
believe is sufficient to absorb current expected credit losses in our loan portfolio. The following table presents, by loan type, the
changes in the allowance for the periods indicated.
65
Year Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
2025
2024
2023
Balance at beginning period
$
60,086
$
65,691
$
45,031
Adoption of ASU No. 2016-13
—
—
21,229
Loan charge-offs:
Commercial portfolio:
Commercial and industrial
(10,366)
(8,144)
(1,726)
Multifamily
(2,471)
(510)
(2,367)
Construction and land development
—
—
(4,664)
Retail portfolio:
Residential real estate lending
(304)
(1,182)
(65)
Consumer solar
(10,140)
(7,694)
(6,966)
Consumer and other
(171)
(320)
(270)
Total loan charge-offs
(23,452)
(17,850)
(16,058)
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial portfolio:
Commercial and industrial
297
78
53
Multifamily
—
—
20
Construction and land development
—
398
—
Retail portfolio:
Residential real estate lending
782
992
706
Consumer solar
2,153
372
1,211
Consumer and other
84
52
36
Total loan recoveries
3,316
1,892
2,026
Net charge-offs
(20,136)
(15,958)
(14,032)
Provision for credit losses
17,636
10,353
13,463
Balance at end of period
$
57,586
$
60,086
$
65,691
The allowance for credit losses decreased $2.5 million to $57.6 million at December 31, 2025 from $60.1 million at December 31,
2024. See Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements for additional information related to the change. The ratio of allowance
to total loans was 1.16% at December 31, 2025 and 1.29% at December 31, 2024.
At December 31, 2025, the allowance for credit losses on held-to-maturity securities was $0.7 million compared to $0.7 million at
December 31, 2024.
66
Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans
The following table presents the allocation of the allowance and the percentage of the total amount of loans in each loan category
listed as of the dates indicated:
At December 31, 2025
At December 31, 2024
At December 31, 2023
(In thousands)
Amount
% of total
loans
Amount
% of total
loans
Amount
% of total
loans
Commercial Portfolio:
Commercial and industrial
$
13,276
26.9 % $
13,505
25.2 % $
18,331
22.9 %
Multifamily
4,792
33.2 %
2,794
28.9 %
2,133
26.1 %
Commercial real estate
1,779
7.3 %
1,600
8.8 %
1,276
8.0 %
Construction and land development
1,506
0.5 %
1,253
0.4 %
24
0.5 %
Total commercial portfolio
$
21,353
67.9 % $
19,152
63.3 % $
21,764
57.5 %
Retail Portfolio:
Residential real estate lending
7,157
25.0 %
9,493
28.1 %
13,273
32.3 %
Consumer solar
28,149
6.6 %
29,095
7.8 %
27,978
9.3 %
Consumer and other
927
0.5 %
2,346
0.8 %
2,676
0.9 %
Total retail portfolio
$
36,233
32.1 % $
40,934
36.7 % $
43,927
42.5 %
Total allowance for credit losses on
loans
$
57,586
$
60,086
$
65,691
The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for credit losses on securities and the percentage of the total amount
of held-to-maturity securities in each security category listed as of dates indicated:
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
Amount
% of total
held-to-
maturity
securities
Amount
% of total
held-to-
maturity
securities
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates & CMOs
$
—
11.9 % $
—
11.9 %
Non-GSE certificates & CMOs
41
4.5 %
49
4.7 %
ABS
—
10.1 %
—
13.6 %
Municipal
—
4.1 %
—
4.1 %
Total traditional securities
$
41
30.6 % $
49
34.3 %
PACE assessments:
Commercial PACE assessments
$
328
21.1 % $
268
16.9 %
Residential PACE assessments
375
48.3 %
387
48.8 %
Total retail portfolio
$
703
69.4 % $
655
65.7 %
Total allowance for credit losses on securities
$
744
$
704
67
Nonperforming Assets
Nonperforming assets include all loans categorized as nonaccrual, other real estate owned and other repossessed assets. The
accrual of interest on loans is discontinued, or the loan is placed on nonaccrual, when the full collection of principal and interest is
in doubt. Interest on loans is generally recognized on the accrual basis. Interest is not accrued on loans that are more than 90 days
delinquent on payments, and any interest that was accrued but unpaid on such loans is reversed from interest income at that time,
or when deemed to be uncollectible. Interest subsequently received on such loans is recorded as interest income or alternatively as
a reduction in the amortized cost of the loan if there is significant doubt as to the collectability of the unpaid principal balance.
Loans are returned to accrual status when principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future
payments are reasonably assured.
68
The following table sets forth information about our nonperforming assets as of December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and
December 31, 2023:
(In thousands)
December 31,
2025
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Loans 90 days past due and accruing
$
—
$
—
$
—
Nonaccrual loans held for sale
930
4,853
989
Nonaccrual loans - Commercial
22,108
16,041
23,189
Nonaccrual loans - Retail
5,607
4,968
9,994
Nonaccrual securities
6
8
31
Total nonperforming assets
$
28,651
25,870
34,203
Nonaccrual loans:
Commercial and industrial
$
713
$
872
$
7,533
Multifamily
10,316
—
—
Commercial real estate
—
4,062
4,490
Construction and land development
11,079
11,107
11,166
Total commercial portfolio
22,108
16,041
23,189
Residential real estate lending
2,419
1,771
7,218
Consumer solar
3,129
2,827
2,673
Consumer and other
59
370
103
Total retail portfolio
5,607
4,968
9,994
Total nonaccrual loans
$
27,715
21,009
33,183
Nonperforming assets to total assets
0.32 %
0.31 %
0.43 %
Nonaccrual assets to total assets
0.32 %
0.31 %
0.43 %
Nonaccrual loans to total loans
0.56 %
0.45 %
0.75 %
Allowance for credit losses on loans to nonaccrual loans
207.78 %
286.00 %
197.97 %
Allowance for credit losses on loans to total loans
1.16 %
1.29 %
1.49 %
Net charge-offs to average loans
0.43 %
0.36 %
0.33 %
Ratio of net recoveries (charge-offs) to average loans
outstanding during the period:
Commercial and industrial
(0.80) %
(0.74) %
(0.17) %
Multifamily
(0.16) %
(0.04) %
(0.22) %
Commercial real estate
— %
— %
— %
Construction and land development
— %
(1.80) %
(15.21) %
Total commercial portfolio
(0.40) %
(0.33) %
(0.36) %
Residential real estate lending
0.04 %
(0.01) %
0.05 %
Consumer solar
(2.31) %
(1.89) %
(1.39) %
Consumer and other
(0.28) %
(0.71) %
(0.53) %
Total retail portfolio
(0.46) %
(0.43) %
(0.29) %
Total
(0.42) %
(0.37) %
(0.33) %
69
Nonperforming assets totaled $28.7 million, or 0.32% of period-end total assets at December 31, 2025, an increase of $2.8
million, compared with $25.9 million, or 0.31% of period-end total assets at December 31, 2024. Nonperforming assets at
December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024 had notable changes including a $10.3 million increase in multifamily loans
on nonaccrual status, partially offset by a $4.0 million decrease in commercial real estate loans on nonaccrual status, and a $3.9
million decrease in held for sale nonaccrual loans.
Potential problem loans are loans which management has doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with the present loan
repayment terms. Potential problem loans are performing loans and include our special mention and substandard-accruing
commercial loans and/or loans 30-89 days past due. Potential problem loans are not included in the nonperforming assets table
above and totaled $99.8 million, or 1.1% of total assets, at December 31, 2025, and $109.4 million, or 1.3% of total assets, at
December 31, 2024.
Resell Agreements
As of December 31, 2025, we entered into $48.7 million in short term investments of resell agreements backed by government
guaranteed loans and other loans, with a weighted interest rate of 6.00%. As of December 31, 2024, we entered into $23.7 million
of short term investments of resell agreements backed by residential first-lien mortgage loans, with a weighted interest rate of
6.91%.
Deferred Tax Asset
We had deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, of $30.8 million at December 31, 2025 and $42.4 million at
December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2025, our deferred tax assets were fully realizable with no valuation allowance held
against the balance. Our management concluded that it was more-likely-than-not that the entire amount will be realized.
We will evaluate the recoverability of our net deferred tax asset on a periodic basis and record decreases (increases) as a deferred
tax provision (benefit) in the Consolidated Statements of Income as appropriate.
Deposits
Deposits represent our primary source of funds. We are focused on growing our core deposits through relationship-based banking
with our business and consumer clients. Total deposits were $7.95 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $7.18 billion at
December 31, 2024. We believe that our strong deposit franchise is attributable to our mission-based strategy of developing and
maintaining relationships with our clients who share similar values and through maintaining a high level of service.
We gather deposits through each of our three branch locations across New York City, our one branch in Washington, D.C., our
one branch in San Francisco, and through the efforts of our commercial banking team including our Boston group which focuses
nationally on business growth. Through our branch network, online, mobile and direct banking channels, we offer a variety of
deposit products including demand deposit accounts, money market deposits, NOW accounts, savings and certificates of deposit,
ICS accounts, Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service accounts, and brokered certificates of deposit. We bank politically
active customers, such as campaigns, Political Action Committee ("PACs"), and state and national party committees, which we
refer to as political deposits. These deposits exhibit seasonality based on election cycles. As of December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024, we had approximately $1.73 billion and $969.6 million, respectively, in on-balance sheet and off-balance
sheet political deposits which are primarily in demand deposits.
70
The following table sets forth the average balance amounts and the average rates paid on deposits held by us for the years ended
December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
2025
2024
2023
Average
Balance
Interest
Expense
Average
Rate Paid
Average
Balance
Interest
Expense
Average
Rate Paid
Average
Balance
Interest
Expense
Average
Rate Paid
(In thousands)
Non-interest-bearing
demand and transaction
deposits
$ 2,929,346 $
—
0.00 % $ 3,373,047 $
—
0.00 % $ 3,045,013 $
—
0.00 %
NOW accounts
175,293
1,131
0.65 %
187,996
1,887
1.00 %
193,765
1,804
0.93 %
Money market deposit
accounts
3,959,733 108,866
2.75 % 3,178,206 92,747
2.92 % 2,787,911 54,334
1.95 %
Savings accounts
330,851
4,212
1.27 %
333,770
4,728
1.42 %
362,731
3,680
1.01 %
Time deposits
213,261
7,345
3.44 %
210,599
7,706
3.66 %
167,167
3,452
2.07 %
Brokered CDs
—
—
— %
122,035
6,393
5.24 %
364,833 17,854
4.89 %
$ 7,608,484 $ 121,554
1.60 % $ 7,405,653 $ 113,461
1.53 % $ 6,921,420 $ 81,124
1.17 %
With participation through ICS, our off-balance sheet deposits totaled $1.05 billion at December 31, 2025, and zero at
December 31, 2024.
We had uninsured deposits of $4.61 billion, and $3.71 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024,
respectively. The increase in uninsured deposits compared to the prior year is driven by overall growth of deposits, as well as
movement of deposits in our reciprocal program off-balance sheet.
Maturities of time certificates of deposit and other time deposits of $250,000 or more outstanding at December 31, 2025 are
summarized as follows:
Maturities as of December 31, 2025
(In thousands)
Within three months
$
70,406
After three but within six months
64,561
After six months but within twelve months
57,304
After twelve months
10,950
$
203,221
Liquidity
Liquidity refers to our ability to maintain cash flow that is adequate to fund our operations, support asset growth, maintain reserve
requirements and meet present and future obligations of deposit withdrawals, lending obligations and other contractual obligations
through either the sale or maturity of existing assets or by obtaining additional funding through liability management. Our
liquidity risk management policy provides the framework that we use to maintain adequate liquidity and sources of available
liquidity at levels that enable us to meet all reasonably foreseeable short-term, long-term and strategic liquidity demands. The
Asset and Liability Management Committee is responsible for oversight of liquidity risk management activities in accordance
with the provisions of our liquidity risk policy and applicable bank regulatory capital and liquidity laws and regulations. Our
liquidity risk management process includes (i) ongoing analysis and monitoring of our funding requirements under various
balance sheet and economic scenarios, (ii) review and monitoring of lenders, depositors, brokers and other liability holders to
ensure appropriate diversification of funding sources and (iii) liquidity contingency planning to address liquidity needs in the
event of unforeseen market disruption impacting a wide range of variables. We continuously monitor our liquidity position in
order for our assets and liabilities to be managed in a manner that will meet our immediate and long-term funding requirements.
We manage our liquidity position to meet the daily cash flow needs of customers, while maintaining an appropriate balance
between assets and liabilities to meet the return on investment objectives of our stockholders. We also monitor our liquidity
requirements in light of interest rate trends, changes in the economy, and the scheduled maturity and interest rate sensitivity of our
71
securities and loan portfolios and deposits. The complexity of liquidity management increases due to the varying levels of
management control that can be exerted over different elements of the balance sheet. For example, the timing of maturities of our
investment portfolio is fairly predictable and subject to a high degree of control when we make investment decisions. Net deposit
inflows and outflows, however, are far less predictable and are not subject to the same degree of certainty.
In addition to assessing liquidity risk on a consolidated basis, we monitor the parent company’s liquidity. The parent company’s
routine funding requirements consist primarily of operating expenses, dividends paid to shareholders, debt service, repurchases of
common stock and funds used for acquisitions. The parent company obtains funding to meet its obligations from dividends
collected from its subsidiaries and the issuance of debt and capital securities. Dividend payments to the parent company by its
subsidiary bank are subject to regulatory review and statutory limitations and, in some instances, regulatory approval. The
Company maintains sufficient funding to meet expected capital and debt service obligations for 18 months without the support of
dividends from subsidiaries and assuming access to the wholesale markets is maintained. The Company maintains sufficient
liquidity to meet its capital and debt service obligations for 12 months under adverse conditions without the support of dividends
from subsidiaries or access to the wholesale markets.
Our liquidity position is supported by management of our liquid assets and liabilities and access to alternative sources of funds.
Our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements are primarily to fund on-going operations, including payment of interest on
deposits and debt, extensions of credit to borrowers and capital expenditures. These liquidity requirements are met primarily
through our deposits, FHLBNY advances and the principal and interest payments we receive on loans and investment securities.
Cash, interest-bearing deposits in third-party banks, securities available for sale and maturing or prepaying balances in our
investment and loan portfolios are our most liquid assets. Other sources of liquidity that are available to us include the sale of
loans we hold for investment, securitization of loans or PACE assessments, the ability to acquire additional national market non-
core deposits, borrowings through the Federal Reserve’s discount window and the issuance of debt or equity securities. We
believe that the sources of available liquidity are adequate to meet our current and reasonably foreseeable future liquidity needs.
At December 31, 2025, our cash and equivalents, which consist of cash and amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits
in other financial institutions, amounted to $291.2 million, or 3.3% of total assets, compared to $60.7 million, or 0.7% of total
assets at December 31, 2024. The $230.5 million, or 379.4%, increase is due to normal business activities and strategic investment
securities sales, offset by paydowns of borrowings and strategic investment securities purchases. Our available for sale securities
at December 31, 2025 were $1.78 billion, or 20.1% of total assets, compared to $1.63 billion, or 19.7% of total assets at
December 31, 2024. Available for sale securities with an aggregate fair value of $1.15 billion at December 31, 2025 were pledged
to secure outstanding advances, letters of credit, provide additional borrowing potential and collateralize municipal deposits.
Additionally, as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, mortgage loans with an unpaid principal balance of $2.33 billion
and $2.45 billion respectively, were pledged to the FHLBNY to secure outstanding advances, letters of credit and to provide
additional borrowing potential.
The liability portion of the balance sheet serves as our primary source of liquidity. Over the long term, we plan to meet our future
cash needs through the generation of deposits. Customer deposits have historically provided a sizeable source of relatively stable
and low-cost funds. We are also a member of the FHLBNY, from which we can borrow for leverage or liquidity purposes. The
FHLBNY requires that securities and qualifying loans be pledged to secure any advances. At December 31, 2025, we had $5.8
million in advances from the FHLBNY and remaining credit availability of $1.97 billion. In addition, we maintain additional
borrowing capacity of approximately $946.9 million with the Federal Reserve’s discount window that is secured by certain
securities from our portfolio which are not pledged for other purposes.
We also had $63.8 million in subordinated debt, net of issuance costs. Our cash and borrowing capacity totaled $4.26 billion of
immediately available funds, in addition to unpledged securities with two-day availability of $486.0 million for total liquidity
within two days of $4.74 billion, which provided coverage for 103% of total uninsured deposits.
Capital Resources
Total stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2025 was $794.5 million, compared to $707.7 million at December 31, 2024, an
increase of $86.8 million. The increase was primarily driven by $104.4 million in net income and a $26.5 million increase in
accumulated other comprehensive income due to the mark to market on our available for sale securities portfolio, offset by $17.3
million in dividends paid, and $32.3 million in stock repurchases.
We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking regulators. Failure to meet minimum
capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by federal banking regulators
that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our financial statements.
72
Basel III regulatory capital rules impose minimum capital requirements for bank holding companies and banks. These rules apply
to all national and state banks and savings associations regardless of size and bank holding companies and savings and loan
holding companies with consolidated assets of more than $3 billion. In order to avoid restrictions on capital distributions or
discretionary bonus payments to executives, a covered banking organization must maintain the fully phased in “capital
conservation buffer” of 2.5% on top of its minimum risk-based capital requirements. This buffer must consist solely of common
equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, but the buffer applies to all three measurements (common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1
capital and total capital). The capital conservation buffer is equal to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets.
The following table shows the regulatory capital ratios for the Company and the Bank at the dates indicated:
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes(1)
To Be Considered
Well Capitalized
Actual
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
(In thousands)
December, 31, 2025
Consolidated:
Total capital to risk weighted assets
$ 936,532
16.40 %
$ 456,875
8.00 %
N/A
N/A
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
812,379
14.23 %
342,656
6.00 %
N/A
N/A
Tier 1 capital to average assets
812,379
9.36 %
347,198
4.00 %
N/A
N/A
Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets
812,379
14.23 %
256,992
4.50 %
N/A
N/A
Bank:
Total capital to risk weighted assets
$ 890,991
15.64 %
$ 455,612
8.00 %
$ 569,515
10.00 %
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
830,625
14.58 %
341,709
6.00 %
455,612
8.00 %
Tier 1 capital to average assets
830,625
9.63 %
345,109
4.00 %
431,387
5.00 %
Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted
t
830,625
14.58 %
256,282
4.50 %
370,185
6.50 %
December 31, 2024
Consolidated:
Total capital to risk weighted assets
$ 879,316
16.26 %
$ 432,496
8.00 %
N/A
N/A
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
751,394
13.90 %
324,372
6.00 %
N/A
N/A
Tier 1 capital to average assets
751,394
9.00 %
334,112
4.00 %
N/A
N/A
Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets
751,394
13.90 %
243,279
4.50 %
N/A
N/A
Bank:
Total capital to risk weighted assets
$ 829,871
15.35 %
$ 432,493
8.00 %
$ 540,616
10.00 %
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
765,652
14.16 %
324,370
6.00 %
432,493
8.00 %
Tier 1 capital to average assets
765,652
9.17 %
334,109
4.00 %
417,637
5.00 %
Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets
765,652
14.16 %
243,277
4.50 %
351,400
6.50 %
(1) Amounts are shown exclusive of the capital conservation buffer of 2.50%.
As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Bank was categorized as “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective
action measures and met the capital conservation buffer requirements.
Contractual Obligations
We have entered into contractual obligations in the normal course of business that involve elements of credit risk, interest rate risk
73
and liquidity risk. The following table summarizes these obligations by contractual maturity date as of December 31, 2025:
December 31, 2025
(In thousands)
Total
Less than 1
year
1-3 years
3-5 years
More than 5
years
FHLBNY Advances
$
5,760 $
5,760 $
— $
— $
—
Subordinated Debt
63,787
—
—
—
63,787
Operating Leases
12,744
9,263
2,578
645
258
Certificates of Deposit
203,197
192,248
10,577
372
—
$
285,488 $
207,271 $
13,155 $
1,017 $
64,045
Not included in the above are three leases in which the Company entered into during the year ended December 31, 2025, but the
leases have not yet commenced and are expected to commence in 2026. These include a fifteen-year lease for the Company's new
headquarters, a thirty-month lease for commercial office location in Oakland, California, and a forty two-month lease for
relocation of a branch in New York City.
Investment Obligations
The Company is a party to agreements with Pace Funding Group LLC and Allectrify PBC for the purchase of PACE assessment
investments, with commitments extending through December 2026 and June 2028, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, the
estimated remaining commitments under these agreements were $139.5 million and $100.0 million, respectively. The PACE
assessments have equal-lien priority with property taxes and generally rank senior to first lien mortgages. These investments are
currently held in the Company's available for sale and held-to-maturity investment portfolios. The Company evaluates these
obligations for credit risk and the recorded reserve is immaterial.
During the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company funded $2.4 million to Greenskies Clean Energy LLC as a solar tax equity
investment. As part of this investment agreement, the Company committed to additional fundings of $5.6 million which is
recognized as a liability on the balance sheet given this future event is unconditional and legally binding.
74
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
Our primary market risk is interest rate risk, which is defined as the risk of loss of net interest income or net interest margin
because of changes in interest rates.
We seek to measure and manage the potential impact of interest rate risk on our net interest income and net interest expense.
Interest rate risk occurs when interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities mature or re-price at different times, on a
different basis or in unequal amounts. Interest rate risk also arises when our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts each
respond differently to changes in interest rates, including as a result of explicit and implicit provisions in agreements related to
such assets and liabilities and in off-balance sheet contracts that alter the applicable interest rate and cash flow characteristics as
interest rates change. The two primary examples of such provisions that we are exposed to are the duration and rate sensitivity
associated with indeterminate-maturity deposits (e.g., non-interest-bearing checking accounts, negotiable order of withdrawal
accounts, savings accounts and money market deposits accounts) and the rate of prepayment associated with fixed-rate lending
and mortgage-backed securities. Interest rates may also affect loan demand, credit losses, mortgage origination volume and other
items affecting earnings.
Our Asset Liability Management Committee, chaired by our Treasurer, manages our interest rate risk according to written policies
approved by our Board of Directors. Changes in our risk profiles are monitored and managed on a continual basis while risk limits
are based on quarterly calculations. We use two primary models to monitor interest rate risk: economic value of equity and net
interest income simulations. Scenarios include parallel shifts, ramped shifts, twists of yield curves and other adverse impacts. In
addition, we monitor the impact of changes to various assumptions including asset prepayments and deposit repricing and decay
assumptions. Our risk management infrastructure also requires the Asset Liability Management Committee to periodically review
and disclose all key assumptions used, compare these assumptions and observations to actual historical experience, and check
model reliability and validity by sample testing data inputs, back testing and third party validation.
We manage our interest rate risk by monitoring calculated risk measures and balance sheet trends such as growth in fixed rate
loans, deposit trends and other factors that affect our risk profile. In order to counter changes in risk, we evaluate costs and other
trade-offs associated with changing the composition of assets and liabilities; such as selling fixed rate securities, extending the
term of borrowings, derivative hedging transactions, changing pricing of loans or deposits or selling residential mortgage loans in
the secondary market. We do not engage in speculative trading activities relating to interest rates, foreign exchange rates,
commodity prices, equities or credit.
We are also subject to credit risk. Credit risk is the risk that borrowers or counterparties will be unable or unwilling to repay their
obligations in accordance with the underlying contractual terms. We manage and control credit risk in the loan portfolio by
adhering to well-defined underwriting criteria and account administration standards established by management. Written credit
policies document underwriting standards, approval levels, exposure limits and other limits or standards deemed necessary and
prudent. Portfolio diversification at the obligor, industry, product and/or geographic location levels is actively managed to
mitigate concentration risk. In addition, credit risk management also includes an independent credit review process that assesses
compliance with commercial, real estate and other credit policies, risk ratings and other critical credit information. In addition to
implementing risk management practices that are based upon established and sound lending practices, we adhere to sound credit
principles. We understand and evaluate our customers’ borrowing needs and capacity to repay, in conjunction with their character
and history. We manage and control credit risk in the securities portfolio by adhering to investment policies established by
management. Our written investment policies ensure that our risk is diversified and monitored, and we only invest in securities
that have strong credit quality. The credit risk associated with each investment is thoroughly reviewed, and certain investments
are required to undergo stress testing of variables to ensure the Company is not subject to undue credit risk.
Evaluation of Interest Rate Risk
Our simulation models incorporate various assumptions, which we believe are reasonable but which may have a significant
impact on results such as: (1) the timing of changes in interest rates, (2) shifts or rotations in the yield curve, (3) loan and
securities prepayment speeds for different interest rate scenarios, (4) interest rates and balances of indeterminate-maturity deposits
for different scenarios, and (5) new volume and yield assumptions for loans, securities and deposits. Because of limitations
inherent in any approach used to measure interest rate risk, simulation results are not intended as a forecast of the actual effect of
a change in market interest rates on our results but rather to better plan and execute appropriate asset-liability management
strategies and manage our interest rate risk.
Potential changes to our net interest income and economic value of equity in hypothetical rising and declining rate scenarios
calculated as of December 31, 2025 are presented in the following table. The projections assume immediate, parallel shifts
75
downward of the yield curve of 100, 200, 300 and 400 basis points and immediate, parallel shifts upward of the yield curve of
100, 200 and 300 basis points.
The results of this simulation analysis are hypothetical and should not be relied on as indicative of expected operating results. A
variety of factors might cause actual results to differ substantially from what is depicted. For example, if the timing and
magnitude of interest rate changes differ from those projected, our net interest income might vary significantly. Non-parallel yield
curve shifts such as a flattening or steepening of the yield curve or changes in interest rate spreads, would also cause our net
interest income to be different from that depicted. An increasing interest rate environment could reduce projected net interest
income if deposits and other short-term liabilities re-price faster than expected or faster than our assets re-price. Actual results
could differ from those projected if we grow assets and liabilities faster or slower than estimated, if we experience a net outflow
of deposit liabilities or if our mix of assets and liabilities otherwise changes. Actual results could also differ from those projected
if we experience substantially different repayment speeds in our loan portfolio than those assumed in the simulation model.
Finally, these simulation results do not contemplate all the actions that we may undertake in response to potential or actual
changes in interest rates, such as changes to our loan, investment, deposit, funding or hedging strategies.
Change in Market Interest Rates
as of December 31, 2025
Estimated Increase (Decrease) in:
Immediate Shift
Economic Value of
Equity
Economic Value of
Equity ($ in
thousands)
Year 1 Net Interest
Income
Year 1 Net Interest
Income ($ in
thousands)
+300 basis points
-16.4%
(312,978)
-3.1%
(10,544)
+200 basis points
-9.7%
(184,432)
-0.4%
(1,373)
+100 basis points
-3.5%
(67,364)
0.7%
2,296
-100 basis points
-1.3%
(24,372)
-2.8%
(9,433)
-200 basis points
-8.7%
(166,303)
-7.3%
(24,481)
-300 basis points
-22.9%
(436,627.0)
-12%
(41,030)
-400 basis points
-48.5%
(924,031.0)
-17%
(57,329)
76
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Index to the Financial Statements
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2025, and 2024
78
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023
79
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023
80
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023
81
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023
82
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
84
Report of Independent Registered Accounting Firm, Crowe LLP, New York, New York (PCAOB ID 173)
144
77
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
(Dollars in thousands except for per share amounts)
December 31,
2025
December 31,
2024
Assets
Cash and due from banks
$
4,501
$
4,042
Interest-bearing deposits in banks
286,716
56,707
Total cash and cash equivalents
291,217
60,749
Securities:
Available for sale, at fair value:
Traditional securities
1,580,049
1,477,047
Property Assessed Clean Energy ("PACE") assessments
203,502
152,011
1,783,551
1,629,058
Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost:
Traditional securities, net of allowance for credit losses of $41 and $49, respectively
476,950
542,246
PACE assessments, net of allowance for credit losses of $703 and $655, respectively
1,077,065
1,043,959
1,554,015
1,586,205
Loans held for sale
2,814
37,593
Loans receivable, net of deferred loan origination fees and costs
4,957,273
4,672,924
Allowance for credit losses
(57,586)
(60,086)
Loans receivable, net
4,899,687
4,612,838
Resell agreements
48,662
23,741
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLBNY") stock, at cost
5,009
15,693
Accrued interest receivable
65,128
61,172
Premises and equipment, net
4,685
6,386
Bank-owned life insurance
108,941
108,026
Right-of-use lease asset
9,602
14,231
Deferred tax asset, net
30,750
42,437
Goodwill
12,936
12,936
Intangible assets, net
913
1,487
Equity method investments
7,979
8,482
Other assets
43,947
35,858
Total assets
$
8,869,836
$
8,256,892
Liabilities
Deposits
$
7,949,241
$
7,180,605
Borrowings
69,547
314,409
Operating leases
12,255
19,734
Other liabilities
44,329
34,490
Total liabilities
8,075,372
7,549,238
Stockholders’ equity
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share (70,000,000 shares authorized; 31,045,377 and 30,809,484 shares issued,
respectively, and 29,818,424 and 30,670,982 shares outstanding, respectively)
312
308
Additional paid-in capital
294,134
288,656
Retained earnings
567,269
480,144
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes
(32,088)
(58,637)
Treasury stock, at cost (1,226,953 and 138,502 shares, respectively)
(35,163)
(2,817)
Total stockholders' equity
794,464
707,654
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
8,869,836
$
8,256,892
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
78
Consolidated Statements of Income
(Dollars in thousands, except for per share amounts)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME
Loans
$
240,616
$
215,380
$
191,295
Securities
176,272
177,247
161,003
Interest-bearing deposits in banks
5,341
8,669
5,779
Total interest and dividend income
422,229
401,296
358,077
INTEREST EXPENSE
Deposits
121,554
113,461
81,124
Borrowed funds
2,891
5,405
15,642
Total interest expense
124,445
118,866
96,766
NET INTEREST INCOME
297,784
282,430
261,311
Provision for credit losses
16,323
10,284
14,670
Net interest income after provision for credit losses
281,461
272,146
246,641
NON-INTEREST INCOME
Trust Department fees
16,181
15,186
15,175
Service charges on deposit accounts
17,502
32,178
10,999
Bank-owned life insurance income
3,124
2,498
2,882
Losses on sale of securities and other assets, net
(3,431)
(9,698)
(7,392)
Gain (loss) on sale of loans and changes in fair value on loans
held-for-sale, net
(2,720)
(8,197)
32
Equity method investments income (loss)
(1,733)
(831)
4,932
Other income
2,017
2,079
2,708
Total non-interest income
30,940
33,215
29,336
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
Compensation and employee benefits
98,555
93,766
85,774
Occupancy and depreciation
13,385
13,081
13,605
Professional fees
14,301
9,957
9,637
Technology
24,075
19,802
17,744
Office maintenance and depreciation
2,145
2,471
2,830
Amortization of intangible assets
574
730
888
Advertising and promotion
2,353
3,731
4,181
Federal deposit insurance premiums
3,775
3,715
4,018
Other expense
13,083
12,519
12,570
Total non-interest expense
172,246
159,772
151,247
Income before income taxes
140,155
145,589
124,730
Income tax expense
35,708
39,155
36,752
Net income
$
104,447
$
106,434
$
87,978
Earnings per common share - basic
$
3.44
$
3.48
$
2.88
Earnings per common share - diluted
$
3.41
$
3.44
$
2.86
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
79
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Net income
$
104,447
$
106,434
$
87,978
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes:
Change in total obligation for postretirement benefits, prior service credit,
and other benefits
56
172
243
Net unrealized gains on securities:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on securities available for sale
31,269
25,415
22,183
Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in income
3,404
9,698
7,392
Accretion of net unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-
maturity
2,099
2,232
1,895
Net unrealized gains on securities
36,772
37,345
31,470
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges:
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on cash flow hedges
(255)
514
—
Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) realized in income
(14)
130
—
Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges
(269)
644
—
Other comprehensive income, before tax
36,559
38,161
31,713
Income tax effect
(10,010)
(10,794)
(9,010)
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes
26,549
27,367
22,703
Total comprehensive income, net of taxes
$
130,996
$
133,801
$
110,681
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
80
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity
(Dollars in thousands)
Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Treasury
Stock, at
cost
Total
Stockholder's
Equity
Noncontrolling
Interest
Total
Equity
Balance at January 1, 2023
30,700,198
$
307
$
286,947
$
330,275
$
(108,707) $
—
$
508,822
$
133
$
508,955
Cumulative effect of adoption of ASU No. 2016-13
—
—
—
(17,825)
—
—
(17,825)
—
(17,825)
Balance at January 1, 2023 adjusted for change in
accounting principle
30,700,198
307
286,947
312,450
(108,707)
—
490,997
133
491,130
Net income
—
—
—
87,978
—
—
87,978
—
87,978
Common stock issued under Equity Program
43,387
—
25
—
—
779
804
—
804
Dividends declared on common stock
—
—
—
(12,395)
—
—
(12,395)
—
(12,395)
Repurchase of shares
(474,689)
—
—
—
—
(8,315)
(8,315)
—
(8,315)
Exercise of stock options, net of repurchases
28,739
—
(474)
—
—
383
(91)
—
(91)
Restricted stock unit vesting, net of repurchases
130,724
—
(2,953)
—
—
1,816
(1,137)
—
(1,137)
Stock-based compensation expense
—
—
4,687
—
—
—
4,687
—
4,687
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes
—
—
—
—
22,703
—
22,703
—
22,703
Balance at December 31, 2023
30,428,359
307
288,232
388,033
(86,004)
(5,337)
585,231
133
585,364
Net income
—
—
—
106,434
—
—
106,434
—
106,434
Common stock issued under Equity Program
28,138
—
605
—
—
184
789
—
789
Dividends declared on common stock
—
—
—
(14,323)
—
—
(14,323)
—
(14,323)
Redemption of AREMCO class B shares
—
—
(19)
—
—
—
(19)
(133)
(152)
Repurchase of common stock
(35,222)
—
—
—
—
(1,130)
(1,130)
—
(1,130)
Exercise of stock options, net of repurchases
107,110
—
(1,772)
—
—
1,215
(557)
—
(557)
Restricted stock unit vesting, net of repurchases
142,597
1
(3,924)
—
—
2,251
(1,672)
—
(1,672)
Stock-based compensation expense
—
—
5,534
—
—
—
5,534
—
5,534
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes
—
—
—
—
27,367
—
27,367
—
27,367
Balance at December 31, 2024
30,670,982
308
288,656
480,144
(58,637)
(2,817)
707,654
—
707,654
Net income
—
—
—
104,447
—
—
104,447
—
104,447
Common stock issued under Equity Program
30,642
2
1,385
—
—
—
1,387
—
1,387
Dividends declared on common stock
—
—
—
(17,322)
—
—
(17,322)
—
(17,322)
Repurchase of common stock
(1,088,451)
—
—
—
—
(32,346)
(32,346)
—
(32,346)
Exercise of stock options, net of repurchases
43,456
—
(209)
—
—
—
(209)
—
(209)
Restricted stock unit vesting, net of repurchases
161,795
2
(2,616)
—
—
—
(2,614)
—
(2,614)
Stock-based compensation expense
—
—
6,918
—
—
—
6,918
—
6,918
Other comprehensive income, net of taxes
—
—
—
—
26,549
—
26,549
—
26,549
Balance at December 31, 2025
29,818,424
$
312
$
294,134
$
567,269
$
(32,088) $
(35,163) $
794,464
$
—
$
794,464
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
81
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income
$
104,447 $
106,434 $
87,978
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
6,222
4,703
5,509
Amortization of intangible assets
574
730
888
Deferred income tax expense
1,677
5,175
4,244
Provision for credit losses
16,323
10,284
14,670
Stock-based compensation expense
6,918
5,534
4,687
Net (income) loss from equity method investments
1,733
831
(4,932)
Net loss on sale of securities available for sale and other assets
3,431
9,698
7,392
Net (gain) loss on sale of loans and change in fair value on loans held-for-sale
2,720
8,197
(32)
Net gain on death benefits of bank-owned life insurance
(562)
—
(613)
Net gain on repurchase of subordinated debt
—
(1,076)
(1,417)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
29,027
22,131
17,799
Originations of loans held for sale
(30,132)
(21,702)
(14,558)
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance
(2,562)
(2,498)
(2,269)
Increase in accrued interest receivable
(3,956)
(5,688)
(14,043)
Decrease (increase) in other assets
(856)
(2,440)
11,740
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
778
(16,248)
181
Net cash provided by operating activities
135,782
124,065
117,224
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net increase in loans
(342,040)
(360,157)
(317,211)
Proceeds from sales of loans
73,232
36,590
—
Purchase of securities available for sale
(964,986)
(824,549)
(116,453)
Purchase of securities held-to-maturity
(157,951)
(92,169)
(264,498)
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
364,841
394,118
285,408
Maturities, principal payments and redemptions of securities available for sale
477,862
310,786
167,783
Maturities, principal payments and redemptions of securities held-to-maturity
190,856
204,346
108,877
Decrease (increase) in resell agreements
(24,921)
26,259
(24,246)
Decrease (increase) in equity method investments
(6,472)
1,908
(757)
Decrease (increase) in FHLBNY stock, net
10,684
(11,304)
25,218
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
(1,379)
(1,775)
(1,477)
Proceeds from redemption of bank-owned life insurance
2,209
—
2,949
Proceeds from sale of owned assets
46
—
—
Net cash used in investing activities
(378,019)
(315,947)
(134,407)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase in deposits
768,636
168,617
416,951
Increase (decrease) in other borrowings, net
(244,946)
16,325
(345,619)
Repurchase of subordinated debt
—
(5,925)
(6,047)
Common stock issued under Equity Program
1,387
789
804
Redemption of AREMCO class B shares
—
(152)
—
Repurchase of common stock
(32,346)
(1,130)
(8,315)
Dividends paid on common stock
(17,203)
(14,234)
(12,333)
82
Payments related to repurchase of common stock for equity awards
(2,823)
(2,229)
(1,228)
Net cash provided by financing activities
472,705
162,061
44,213
Increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
230,468
(29,821)
27,030
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year
60,749
90,570
63,540
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year
$
291,217 $
60,749 $
90,570
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Interest paid during the year
$
124,394 $
128,780 $
85,714
Supplemental non-cash activities:
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities
2,873
560
—
Loans transferred from held-for-sale
2,472
—
4,664
Loans transferred to held-for-sale
42,540
81,589
3,581
Cumulative change due to adoption of ASU No. 2016-13
—
—
17,825
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
83
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation
Amalgamated Financial Corp., a Delaware public benefit corporation (the "Company"), was formed on August 25, 2020 to serve
as the holding company for Amalgamated Bank and is a bank holding company registered with the Federal Reserve Board of
Governors under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. On March 1, 2021 the Company acquired all of the
outstanding stock of Amalgamated Bank, a New York state-chartered commercial bank in a statutory share exchange transaction
(the “Reorganization”) effected under New York law and in accordance with the terms of a Plan of Acquisition dated September
4, 2020. Pursuant to the Reorganization, the Bank became the sole subsidiary of the Company, the Company became the holding
company for the Bank and the stockholders of the Bank became stockholders of the Company.
The Bank was formed in 1923 as Amalgamated Bank of New York by the Amalgamated Clothing Workers of America, one of
the country’s oldest labor unions.
The audited consolidated financial statements presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include the collective results of the
Holding Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank, which are collectively herein referred to as the “Company.”
Basis of Accounting and Changes in Significant Accounting Policies
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform to generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") in the
United States of America, or GAAP and predominant practices within the banking industry. The Company uses the accrual basis
of accounting for financial statement purposes.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its majority-owned and wholly-
owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. In particular, estimates and
assumptions are used in measuring the fair value of certain financial instruments, determining the appropriateness of the
allowance for credit losses (“allowance”), evaluating potential other-than-temporary securities impairment, assessing the ability to
realize deferred tax assets, and the valuation of share-based payment awards. Estimates and assumptions are based on available
information and judgment; therefore actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash include cash, due from banks, interest-bearing
deposits in other banks and federal funds sold with original maturities of three months or less. The Company had $0.7 million and
$0.7 million in restricted cash as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively and is included in total cash and
cash equivalents on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The Company’s restricted cash reflects funds held in
other financial institutions to secure business operating rights or contractually obligated minimum account funding requirements.
Securities
Purchases of investments in debt securities are designated as either trading, available for sale or held-to-maturity depending on the
intent and ability to hold the securities. The initial designation is made at the time of purchase. Investments are categorized as
either traditional investments or Property Assessed Clean Energy ("PACE") assessments.
As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had no securities designated as trading.
Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with any net unrealized appreciation or depreciation in fair value reported net
of taxes as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. Debt securities held-to-
maturity are carried at amortized cost provided management does not have the intent to sell these securities and does not
anticipate that it will be necessary to sell these securities before the full recovery of principal and interest, which may be at
maturity.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
84
Premiums (discounts) on debt securities are amortized (accreted) to income using the level yield method to the contractual
maturity date adjusted for actual prepayment experience.
Realized gains and losses on sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method and are reported in non-
interest income.
Derivatives
The Company’s derivative instruments are carried at fair value in the Company’s financial statements as part of Other assets for
derivatives with positive fair values and Other liabilities for derivatives with negative fair values. The accounting for changes in
the fair value of a derivative instrument is dependent upon whether or not it qualifies and has been designated as a hedge for
accounting purposes, and further, by the type of hedging relationship.
At the inception of a derivative contract, the Company designates the derivative as one of three types based on the Company’s
intentions and belief as to likely effectiveness as a hedge. These three types are (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset
or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability
of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”), or (3) an instrument with no
hedging designation. For a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged
item, are recognized in current earnings as fair values change. For a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is reported
in other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged transaction affects
earnings. For cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not highly effective in hedging the changes in fair
value or expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of
derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported currently in earnings, as non-interest income. When hedge
accounting is discontinued on a fair value hedge that no longer qualifies as an effective hedge, the derivative continues to be
reported at fair value in the statement of condition, but the carrying amount of the hedged item is no longer adjusted for future
changes in fair value. The adjustment to the carrying amount of the hedged item that existed at the date hedge accounting is
discontinued is amortized over the remaining life of the hedged item into earnings.
Net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on
the item being hedged. Net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in non-interest
income. Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged.
The Company formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management
objective and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions at the inception of the hedging relationship. This documentation
includes linking fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the statement of condition or to specific firm
commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is
no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, a
hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, a hedged firm commitment is no longer firm, or treatment of the derivative as
a hedge is no longer appropriate or intended.
When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded as non-interest income.
When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are still expected to occur, gains or
losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods which the hedged
transactions will affect earnings.
Loans Held for Sale
Loans held for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value in the aggregate. Loans
originated for sale are recorded at cost and loans transferred to loans held for sale are transferred at fair value. The Company may
transfer loans held for investment to loans held for sale in connection with pooled note sale transactions and are transferred at
their estimated fair value. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to current
earnings. Gains or losses resulting from sales of loans held for sale, net of unamortized deferred fees and costs, are recognized at
the time of sale and are included in non-interest income on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company had $2.8
million and $37.6 million of loans classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
85
Loans and Loan Interest Income Recognition
Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of charge-offs, deferred origination costs and fees and purchase
premiums and discounts. Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct and indirect costs incurred in connection with
loan originations are deferred and amortized to income over the life of the related loans as an adjustment to yield. Premiums or
discounts on purchased portfolios are amortized or accreted to income using the level yield method.
Interest on loans is generally recognized on the accrual basis. Interest is not accrued on loans that are more than 90 days
delinquent on payments, and any interest that was accrued but unpaid on such loans is reversed from interest income at that time,
or when deemed to be uncollectible. Interest subsequently received on such loans is recorded as interest income or alternatively as
a reduction in the amortized cost of the loan if there is significant doubt as to the collectability of the unpaid principal balance.
Loans are returned to accrual status when principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future
payments are reasonably assured.
Loans are considered modifications made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty if the borrower is experiencing financial
difficulty at the time of the modification and the modification is in the form of: (i) principal forgiveness; (ii) an interest rate
reduction; (iii) other-than-insignificant payment delay; (iv) a term extension, or (v) any combination of the aforementioned. If a
modification results in an effective interest rate less than the market rate for comparable loans with similar collection risks, a
change in present value of cash flows of at least 10%, or is more than minor based on the specific facts and circumstances, the
modification is accounted for as a new receivable. Absent these conditions, the modification is accounted for as a continuation of
the existing receivable.
Allowance for Credit Losses
Allowance for Credit Losses - Available for Sale Securities: Any available for sale security in an unrealized loss position is
assessed for Management's intent to sell, or if it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell before the recovery of its
amortized cost basis. If either criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security's amortized cost basis is written
down to fair value through income. Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the estimate of expected credit losses, as accrued
interest receivable is reversed for securities placed on nonaccrual status. Securities issued by U.S. government entities are either
explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, and are highly rated by major ratings agencies and have a long history
of no credit losses. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the Company evaluates whether the decline in
fair value has resulted from expected credit losses or other factors in making this assessment. Management considers the extent in
which fair value is less than amortized cost, any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency, and adverse conditions
specifically related to the security, among other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of
cash flows expected to be collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value
of cash flows is expected to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses
is recorded for the credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Any impairment that
has not been recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income.
Allowance for Credit Losses - Held-to-maturity Securities: Management measures expected credit losses on held-to-maturity
securities on a collective basis by security type. The Company’s methodology to measure the allowance for credit losses
incorporates both quantitative and qualitative information to assess lifetime expected credit losses. The calculation is based on
projected annual default rates, loss severities, and prepayment rates. Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term
of the securities, adjusted for forecasted prepayments when appropriate.
Accrued interest receivable is excluded from the estimate of expected credit losses, as accrued interest receivable is reversed for
securities placed on nonaccrual status. The Company has identified the following portfolio segments and measures the allowance
for credit losses using the following methodology:
Non-GSE residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities held by the Company are secured by pools of
commercial or residential certificates.
Asset-backed securities ("ABS") held by the Company are secured by pools of consumer products such as student loans,
consumer loans, and consumer residential solar loans.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
86
Property assessed clean energy ("PACE assessments") held by the Company are secured low loan-to-value long-term
funding for energy efficient and renewable energy projects for residential or commercial projects.
Other securities held by the Company include corporate securities, municipal securities and small investments
community reinvestment act investments secured by loans.
GSE and U.S. Treasury securities are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, and are highly rated by
major rating agencies and have a long history of no credit losses, therefore the Company does not estimate or recognize an
allowance for credit losses on these securities.
Allowance for Credit Losses - Loans:
Methods and Assumptions Underlying the Estimate
The allowance for credit losses is established and maintained through a provision for credit losses based on expected losses
inherent in our loan portfolio. Management evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis, and additions to the
allowance are charged to expense and subsequent changes (favorable and unfavorable) in expected credit losses are recognized
immediately in net income as a credit loss expense or a reversal of credit loss expense. Loans are charged off against the
allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed, and expected recoveries do not exceed
the aggregate of amounts previously charged-off and expected to be charged-off. Determining the appropriateness of the
allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.
During 2025, the Company enhanced its allowance for credit loss ("ACL") calculation, which included a change in ACL software
vendors. These enhancements are intended to better align the estimation process with the nature and risk profile of the Company's
loan portfolio, while enhancing operational efficiency and consistency in application. These enhancements did not have a material
impact to the Company's financial statements. See Note 5 for additional information related to the change.
For segments other than the consumer solar loan segment, we calculate the quantitative portion of the allowance for credit losses
using the discounted cash flow methodology ("DCF") whereby the amortized cost basis of the loan is compared to the net present
value of expected cash flows to be collected. For segments with reserves calculated under the DCF model, a peer group by
segment is used to develop periodic default rates, and statistical regression is utilized to relate historical macro-economic
variables to historical credit loss experience of that peer group of banks. The DCF model includes a four-quarter reasonable and
supportable economic forecast period followed by a four-quarter straight-line reversion to historical loss rates. In addition, the
model incorporates assumptions for curtailment rates and recovery lag periods in its calculation of quantitative allowance.
For the consumer solar loan segment, the weighted average remaining maturity ("WARM") methodology calculates expected
credit losses based on historical loss rates and forecasts those losses over the weighted average remaining maturity of the
portfolio. The core assumption of the WARM methodology is based on use of internal loss data applied to a straight-line balance
reduction, which aligns with the nature of repayment of these loans as well as the Company’s strategy of portfolio runoff.
Adjustments to the quantitative results for both DCF and WARM models are made using qualitative factors. These factors
include: (1) borrowers' financial condition; (2) borrowers' ability to pay; (3) nature and volume of financial assets; (4) value of the
underlying collateral; (5) lending policies and procedures; (6) quality of the loan review system; (7) the experience, ability, and
depth of staff; (8) regulatory and legal environment; (9) changes in market conditions; and (10) changes in economic conditions.
Factors are weighted based on level of impact and assigned a risk rating that determine the amount of required qualitative
reserves. The level of impact and risk ratings are evaluated each quarter.
For loans that do not share risk characteristics, the Company evaluates these loans on an individual basis based on various factors.
Factors that may be considered are borrowers delinquency trends and nonaccrual status, probability of foreclosure or note sale,
changes in the borrowers' circumstances or cash collections, borrowers' industry, or other facts and circumstances of the loan or
collateral. The expected credit loss is measured based on net realizable value, that is, the difference between the discounted value
of the expected future cash flows, based on the original effective interest rate, and the amortized cost basis of the loan. For
collateral dependent loans, expected credit loss is measured as the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the
fair value of the collateral, less estimated costs to sell.
Economic parameters are developed using available information relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and
supportable forecasts. Historical credit experience provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses, with qualitative
adjustments made to loan segments for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
87
standards, portfolio mix, delinquency levels and terms, as well as for changes in environmental conditions, such as changes in
unemployment rates, property values or other relevant factors.
The principal business of the Company is lending in commercial and industrial loans, multifamily mortgage loans, commercial
real estate loans, residential real estate mortgage loans, consumer solar, and consumer and other loans. The Company considers its
primary lending area to be the states of New York and California, and Washington, D.C. A substantial portion of the Company’s
loans are secured by real estate in these areas. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of the loan portfolio is susceptible to
changes in market and economic conditions in this region.
The Company has identified the following portfolio segments and measures the allowance for credit losses using the methods
described above.
Commercial and Industrial Loans - Loans in this classification are made to businesses and include term loans, lines of
credit, and senior secured loans to corporations. Generally, these loans are secured by assets of the business and repayment is
expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer and/or business spending,
will have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class.
Multifamily Mortgage Loans - Loans in this classification include income producing residential investment properties of
five or more families. Loans are made to established owners with a proven and demonstrable record of strong performance.
Repayment is derived generally from the rental income generated from the property and may be supplemented by the owners’
personal cash flow. Credit risk arises with an increase in vacancy rates, property mismanagement and the predominance of non-
recourse loans that are customary in the industry.
Commercial Real Estate Loans - Loans in this classification include income producing investment properties and owner-
occupied real estate used for business purposes. The underlying properties are located largely in the Company’s primary market
area. The cash flows of the income producing investment properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as
evidenced by increased vacancy rates, which in turn, will have an effect on credit quality. In the case of owner-occupied real
estate used for business purposes, a weakened economy and resultant decreased consumer and/or business spending will have an
adverse effect on credit quality.
Construction and Land Development Loans - Loans in this classification primarily include land loans to local
individuals, contractors and developers for developing the land for sale or for the purpose of making improvements thereon.
Repayment is derived primarily from sale of the lots/units including any pre-sold units. Credit risk is affected by market
conditions, time to sell at an adequate price and cost overruns. To a lesser extent, this class includes commercial development
projects that the Company finances, which in most cases are interest only during construction, and then convert to permanent
financing. Construction delays, cost overruns, market conditions and the availability of permanent financing, to the extent such
permanent financing is not being provided by the Bank, all affect the credit risk in this loan class.
Residential Real Estate Loans - Loans in this classification are generally secured by owner-occupied one-to-four family
residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. Loans in this class are secured
by both first liens and second liens. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, can
have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class.
Consumer Solar Loans - Loans in this classification are secured by Uniform Commercial Code filings. This portfolio is
comprised of residential solar loans. Repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower and, if applicable,
sale of the collateral securing the loan. Therefore, the overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing
prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class.
Consumer and Other Loans - Loans in this classification are unsecured. This portfolio is comprised of student loans and
other consumer products. Repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. Therefore, the overall health of
the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this loan class.
Loans that are determined to have unique risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis by Management. Loans
evaluated individually are not included in the collective evaluation. Factors that may be considered are borrower delinquency
trends and nonaccrual status, probability of foreclosure or note sale, changes in the borrower’s circumstances or cash collections,
borrower’s industry, or other facts and circumstances of the loan or collateral.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
88
Individually Evaluated Loans with an ACL: For collateral-dependent loans where the Company has determined that foreclosure of
the collateral is probable, or where the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty and the Company expects repayment of the
loan to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the collateral, the ACL is measured based on the difference
between the fair value of the collateral, less the estimated costs to sell, and the amortized cost basis of the loan as of the
measurement date. The fair value of real estate collateral is determined based on recent appraised values. The fair value of non-
real estate collateral, may be determined based on an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, aging
reports, or by reference to market activity, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in
market conditions from the time of the valuation and management’s expertise and knowledge of the borrower and its business.
For non-collateral dependent loans, ACL is measured based on the difference between the present value of expected cash flows
and the amortized cost basis of the loan as of the measurement date.
Allowance for Credit Losses on Off-Balance Sheet Loan Credit Exposures: The Company estimates expected credit losses over
the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that
obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company for its security and loan portfolios. The allowance for credit losses on
off-balance sheet credit exposures is recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated statements of financial condition, and
adjusted through the credit loss expense which is recorded in the provision for credit losses on the consolidated statements of
income. The estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on
commitments expected to be funded over its estimated life, which is the same as the expected loss factor as determined based on
the corresponding portfolio segment.
FHLBNY Stock
As a condition of membership with the FHLBNY, the Company is required to hold FHLBNY stock in an amount equal to 0.125%
of its aggregate mortgage related assets plus 4.5% of its outstanding FHLBNY advances. The Company’s holdings of FHLBNY
stock are pledged against outstanding advances. FHLBNY stock is a non-marketable equity security and is, therefore, reported at
cost, which equals par value (the amount at which shares have been redeemed in the past). The investment is periodically
evaluated for impairment based on, among other things, the capital adequacy of the FHLBNY and its overall financial condition.
Other Real Estate Owned
Other real estate owned (“OREO”) properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are recorded initially at fair value less
costs to sell. Any write-down of the recorded investment in the related loan is charged to the allowance prior to transfer. OREO
assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. If fair value declines subsequent to
foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through non-interest income. Costs relating to the development and improvement
of other real estate owned are capitalized. Costs relating to holding other real estate owned, including real estate taxes, insurance
and maintenance, are charged to expense as incurred. The balance of OREO was $0 at both December 31, 2025 and December 31,
2024.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill resulting from business combinations is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration
transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill and indefinite-
lived intangible assets are not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events and
circumstances exist that indicate the carrying amount of the asset may be impaired. The Company elected June 30 as the annual
date for impairment testing. Other intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives to
their estimated residual values. Core deposit intangible assets are amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful
lives of ten years.
Premises and Equipment
Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of furniture, fixtures, and
equipment is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Furniture and fixtures are
generally depreciated over ten years. Equipment, computer hardware and computer software are normally depreciated over three
to seven years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed by the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
89
or the terms of the leases, whichever is shorter. Fully depreciated assets with no determinable salvage value are disposed. Repairs
and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.
Leases
The Company determines whether a contract is or contains a lease at inception. For leases with terms greater than twelve months
under which the Company is lessee, right-of-use ("ROU") assets and lease liabilities are recorded at the commencement date.
Lease liabilities are initially recorded based on the present value of future lease payments over the lease term. ROU assets are
initially recorded at the amount of the associated lease liabilities plus prepaid lease payments and initial direct costs, less any lease
incentives received. The cost of short term leases is recognized on a straight line basis over the lease term. The lease term includes
options to extend if the exercise of those options is reasonably certain and includes termination options if there is reasonable
certainty the options will not be exercised. The Company uses its incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) as the discount rate to the
remaining lease payments to derive a present value calculation for initial measurement of lease liabilities. The IBR reflects the
interest rate the Company would have to pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over a similar term for an amount equal to the
lease payments. Leases are classified as financing or operating leases at commencement. All of the Company's leases are
classified as operating leases as of December 31, 2025. Operating lease cost is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of
Income on a straight line basis over the lease terms. Variable lease costs are recognized in the period in which the obligation for
those costs is incurred.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
The Company invests in bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”). BOLI involves the purchase of life insurance policies by the
Company on a select group of employees. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of the policies. The insurance and earnings
thereon is used to offset a portion of future employee benefit costs. BOLI is carried at the cash surrender value of the underlying
policies. Earnings from BOLI, as well as changes in cash surrender value, are recognized as non-interest income.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising and promotion costs as incurred.
Income Taxes
There are two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense (benefit) approximates cash
to be paid (refunded) for income taxes for the applicable period. Deferred income tax expense (benefit) results from differences
between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting and for income-tax return purposes.
The Company records as a deferred tax asset on its Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition an amount equal to the tax
credit and tax loss carry-forwards and tax deductions (tax benefits) that we believe will be available to us to offset or reduce the
amounts of our income taxes in future periods. Under applicable federal and state income tax laws and regulations, such tax
benefits will expire if not used within specified periods of time. Accordingly, the ability to fully utilize our deferred tax asset may
depend on the amount of taxable income that we generate during those time periods. At least once each year, or more frequently,
if warranted, we make estimates of future taxable income that we believe we are likely to generate during those future periods. If
we conclude, on the basis of those estimates and the amount of the tax benefits available to us, that it is more likely than not that
we will be able to fully utilize those tax benefits prior to their expiration, we recognize the deferred tax asset in full on our
Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition. If, however, we conclude on the basis of those estimates and the amount of the
tax benefits available to us that it has become more likely than not that we will be unable to utilize those tax benefits in full prior
to their expiration, then we would establish (or increase any existing) a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax asset on our
Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition to the amount which we believe we are more likely than not to be able to utilize.
Such a reduction is implemented by recognizing a non-cash charge that would have the effect of increasing the provision, or
reducing any benefit, for income taxes that we would otherwise have recorded in our Consolidated Statements of Income. The
determination of whether and the extent to which we will be able to utilize our deferred tax asset involves management judgments
and assumptions that are subject to period-to-period changes as a result of changes in tax laws, changes in the market, or
economic conditions that could affect our operating results or variances between our actual operating results and our projected
operating results, as well as other factors.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
90
When measuring the amount of current taxes to be paid (or refunded) management considers the merit of various tax treatments in
the context of statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance. Management also considers results of recent tax audits and historical
experience. While management considers the amount of income taxes payable (or receivable) to be appropriate based on
information currently available, future additions or reductions to such amounts may be necessary due to unanticipated events or
changes in circumstances. Management has not taken, and does not expect to take, any position in a tax return which it deems to
be uncertain.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
For solar equity tax investments entered into prior to 2025, the deferral method of accounting is used for investments that generate
investment tax credits as these investments are not compliant with ASU 2023-02. Under this method, the investment tax credits
are recognized as a reduction of the related asset. Contributions made by the Company are recognized as an increase of the related
asset, and distributions are recognized as a reduction. Income and loss generated by the investment is recognized as a
corresponding increase or reduction in the related asset.
During the year ended December 31, 2025 the Company invested in a solar tax equity investment that is in compliance with ASU
2023-02 in which the Proportional Amortization Method ("PAM") was applied. Under this method, the investment tax credits and
other tax benefits are recognized as a reduction to income tax expense. Contributions and commitments made by the Company are
recognized as an increase of the related asset, and distributions of cash are recognized through other income. The amortization of
the investment is recognized as a reduction of the related asset and an increase to income tax expense. Refer to the Note 18 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements for additional disclosure of income statement impacts.
Post-Retirement Benefit Plans
The Company sponsors several post-retirement benefit plans for current and former employees and certain directors.
Contributions to the trustee of a multi-employer defined benefit pension plan are recorded as expense in the period of
contribution. Plan obligations and related expenses for other post-retirement plans are calculated using actuarial methodologies.
The measurement of such obligations and expenses requires management to make certain assumptions, in particular the discount
rate, which is evaluated on an annual basis. Other factors include retirement patterns, mortality and turnover assumptions. The
Company uses a December 31 measurement date for its post-retirement benefit plans. Additionally the Company offers a deferred
compensation plan for certain executives to defer their bonus and earn a company match in the form of deferred stock units which
convert to shares.
Comprehensive Income
Comprehensive income includes net income and all other changes in equity during a period, except those resulting from
investments by owners and distributions to owners. Other comprehensive income includes income, expenses, gains and losses that
under generally accepted accounting principles are included in comprehensive income but excluded from net income. Other
comprehensive income (loss) and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are reported net of deferred income taxes.
Accumulated other comprehensive income for the Company includes unrealized holding gains or losses on available for sale
securities, unaccreted unrealized losses on securities transferred to held-to-maturity, unrealized holding gains on cash flow
hedges, and actuarial gains or losses on the Company’s pension plans. FASB ASC 715-30 “Compensation – Retirement
Benefits – Defined Benefit Plans – Pension” requires employers to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined
benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded
status in the year the changes occur through comprehensive income.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation is recorded in accordance with FASB ASC No. 718, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation”
which requires the Company to record compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock granted to employees and
directors in return for employee service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options and restricted stock when granted,
and this cost is expensed over the service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options and restricted
stock.Forfeitures result in a retirement of the related award and a reversal of the cost previously incurred. The Company grants
time-based restricted stock units (“RSUs”) that are subject to a time-based vesting schedule, performance-based RSUs ("PRSUs")
that are subject to the achievement of the Company's corporate goals, and deferred restricted stock units ("DSUs") that allows
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
91
participating executives to defer their annual incentive plan bonus. The Company's stock-based compensation plans are further
described in Note 12, Employee Benefit Plans.
Variable Interest Entities
The consolidated financial statements include investments in certain variable interest entities (“VIEs”). The Company considers a
voting rights entity to be a subsidiary and consolidates if the Company has a controlling financial interest in the entity. VIEs are
consolidated if the Company has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that significantly impact financial performance and
has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., the
Company is the primary beneficiary).
Investments in VIEs where the Company is not the primary beneficiary of a VIE are accounted for using the equity method of
accounting. The determination of whether the Company is the primary beneficiary of a VIE is reassessed on an ongoing basis.
The consolidation status may change as a result of these reassessments.
These investments are included in Equity Investments on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The
maximum potential exposure to losses relative to investments in VIEs is generally limited to the sum of the outstanding balance,
future funding commitments and any related loans to the entity, both funded and unfunded. Loans to these entities are
underwritten in substantially the same manner as other loans and are generally secured. Additional disclosures regarding VIEs are
further described in Note 18, Variable Interest Entities.
Resell Agreements
The Company enters into short-term resell agreements backed by residential first-lien mortgage loans. The Company obtains
possession of collateral with a market value equal to or in excess of the principal amount loaned under resell agreements. The
Company had $48.7 million and $23.7 million in resell agreements as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024,
respectively. The resell agreements were entered into at par, and earned $3.7 million, $5.9 million, and $0.7 million in interest
income for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Interest income on resell agreements is reported in
interest income from securities on the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Segment Information
Public companies are required to report certain financial information about significant revenue-producing segments of the
business for which such information is available and utilized by the chief operating decision maker. Substantially all of our
operations occur through the Bank and involve the delivery of loan and deposit products to customers. Management makes
operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of its banking operation, which constitutes our only
operating segment for financial reporting purposes. We do not consider our trust and investment management business as a
separate segment.
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over
transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the
right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the
Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their
maturity.
Treasury Stock
Treasury stock is carried at cost. Shares issued out of treasury are valued based on the weighted average cost.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation. The reclassifications
had no impact to net income on the Consolidated Statements of Income or the stockholders' equity on the Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
92
2. RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Adopted Accounting Standards Effective in 2023
ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) - Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments
The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-13 inclusive of subsequent amendments as of January 1, 2023. ASU No. 2016-13 amends
guidance on reporting credit losses for assets held on an amortized cost basis and available-for-sale debt securities, as well as off
balance sheet credit exposures. For assets held at amortized cost, ASU No. 2016-13 eliminates the probable incurred recognition
threshold in current GAAP and, instead, requires an entity to reflect its current estimate of all expected credit losses. The
amendments in ASU No. 2016-13 replace the incurred loss impairment methodology with a methodology that reflects the
measurement of expected credit losses based on relevant information about past events, including historical loss experience,
current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amounts. The allowance
for credit losses is a valuation account that is deducted from the amortized cost basis of financial assets to present the net amount
expected to be collected. For available for sale debt securities, credit losses will be presented as an allowance rather than as a
write-down. For the Company, the amendments affected loans, debt securities, off-balance sheet credit exposures, and any other
financial assets not excluded from the scope that have the contractual right to receive cash.
The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-13 on a modified retrospective basis with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained
earnings as of the adoption date and, accordingly, the Company recorded a $24.6 million increase to the allowance for credit
losses, a $6.8 million increase to deferred tax assets, and a decrease of $17.8 million to retained earnings as of January 1, 2023.
The results for prior period amounts continue to be reported in accordance with previously applicable GAAP.
The following table illustrates the impact of the adoption of ASU 2016-13.
January 1, 2023
Gross
Adjustment
Tax Impact
Net Adjustment
to Retained
Earnings
Assets:
Allowance for credit losses on held-to-maturity securities
$
668 $
(184) $
484
Allowance for credit losses on loans
21,229
(5,849)
15,380
Liabilities:
Allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures
2,705
(744)
1,961
Total Day 1 Adjustment for Adoption of ASU 2016-13
$
24,602 $
(6,777) $
17,825
Adopted Accounting Standards Effective in 2024
ASU 2023-02, Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323) - Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures
Using the Proportional Amortization Method
On March 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-02, Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for
Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method, which is intended to expand the use of the
proportional amortization method of accounting, previously allowed only for investments in low-income housing tax credit
structures, to equity investments in other tax credit structures that meet certain criteria. The proportional amortization method
results in the tax credit investment being amortized in proportion to the allocation of tax credits and other tax benefits in each
period, and net presentation within the income tax line item. This expansion to other investments simplifies the accounting for
reporting entities and can provide users with a better understanding of these investments. The Company adopted the standard for
the year ended December 31, 2024. The adoption did not impact the existing equity investments in tax structures through
December 31, 2024. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company invested in one investment which was in
compliance with ASU 2023-02.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
93
ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280) - Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures
On November 27, 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment
Disclosures, which is intended to improve reportable segment disclosure requirements, primarily through enhanced disclosures
about significant segment expenses. In addition, the amendments enhance interim disclosure requirements, clarify circumstances
in which an entity can disclose multiple segment measures of profit or loss, provide new segment disclosure requirements for
entities with a single reportable segment, and contain other disclosure requirements. The purpose of the amendments is to enable
investors to better understand an entity’s overall performance and assess potential future cash flows. A public entity should apply
the amendments retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. Upon transition, the segment expense
categories and amounts disclosed in the prior periods should be based on the significant segment expense categories identified and
disclosed in the period of adoption. The Company adopted the standard for the year ended December 31, 2024. The adoption
resulted in a disclosure requirement but did not result in a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
See Note 20.
Adopted Accounting Standards Effective in 2025
ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740) - Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures
On December 14, 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures,
which is intended to enhance the transparency and decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. The amendments in ASU
2023-09 address investor requests for enhanced income tax information primarily through changes to the rate reconciliation and
income taxes paid information. The update will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, and early
adoption is permitted. The Company adopted the standard for the year ended December 31, 2025 and applied a retrospective
application to provide for comparative-period disclosures. The updated disclosures are presented in Note 10.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
94
3. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The Company recognizes as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) the actuarial gains or losses as well as the prior
service costs or credits that arise during the period from post-retirement benefit plans. The Company also records unrealized gains
and losses, net of taxes, on securities available for sale in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the Consolidated
Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity. Gains and losses on securities available for sale are reclassified to operations as
the gains or losses are recognized. Lastly, the Company recognizes as a component of comprehensive income the changes in
unrealized gains and losses on derivatives.
Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related income tax effects were as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Postretirement Benefit Plans
Change in obligation for postretirement benefits and for prior service credit
$
109 $
150 $
174
Reclassification adjustment for prior service expense included in other expense
for the year ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, and in
compensation and employee benefits for the year ended December 31, 2023
29
29
29
Change in obligation for other benefits
(82)
(7)
40
Change in total obligation for postretirement benefits and for prior service
credit and for other benefits
56
172
243
Income tax effect
(16)
(55)
(72)
Net change in total obligation for postretirement benefits and prior service
credit and for other benefits
40
117
171
Securities
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities
31,269
25,415
22,183
Reclassification adjustment for losses realized in income on sale of securities
3,404
9,698
7,392
Accretion of net unrealized loss on securities transferred to held-to-maturity
2,099
2,232
1,895
Change in unrealized gains on available for sale securities
36,772
37,345
31,470
Income tax effect
(10,067)
(10,566)
(8,938)
Net change in unrealized gains on securities
26,705
26,779
22,532
Derivatives
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on cash flow hedges
(255)
514
—
Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) realized in interest income on
securities
(14)
130
—
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges
(269)
644
—
Income tax effect
73
(173)
—
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges
(196)
471
—
Total
$
26,549 $
27,367 $
22,703
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
95
The following is a summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balances, net of income taxes:
Unrealized loss
on benefits
plans
Unrealized loss
on available for
sale securities
Unaccreted
unrealized loss
on securities
transferred to
held-to-
maturity
Unrealized gain
on cash flow
hedges
Total
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
(In thousands)
Balance as of January 1, 2023
$
(1,652) $
(95,539) $
(11,516) $
— $
(108,707)
Current Period Change
243
29,575
1,895
—
31,713
Income Tax Effect
(72)
(8,384)
(554)
—
(9,010)
Balance as of December 31, 2023
(1,481)
(74,348)
(10,175)
—
(86,004)
Current Period Change
172
35,113
2,232
644
38,161
Income Tax Effect
(55)
(9,901)
(665)
(173)
(10,794)
Balance as of December 31, 2024
(1,364)
(49,136)
(8,608)
471
(58,637)
Current Period Change
56
34,673
2,099
(269)
36,559
Income Tax Effect
(16)
(9,464)
(603)
73
(10,010)
Balance as of December 31, 2025
$
(1,324) $
(23,927) $
(7,112) $
275 $
(32,088)
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
96
4. INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available for sale and held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2025 are as
follows:
December 31, 2025
(In thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Available for sale:
Traditional securities:
Government sponsored entities ("GSE") certificates
& Collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs")
$
580,446 $
5,258 $
(18,634) $
567,070
Non-GSE certificates and CMOs
281,787
1,523
(10,078)
273,232
ABS
638,635
1,005
(10,472)
629,168
Corporate
100,000
117
(4,613)
95,504
Other
15,190
37
(152)
15,075
1,616,058
7,940
(43,949)
1,580,049
PACE assessments:
Residential PACE assessments
200,003
3,499
—
203,502
Total available for sale
$
1,816,061 $
11,439 $
(43,949) $
1,783,551
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrecognized
Gains
Gross
Unrecognized
Losses
Fair Value
Held-to-maturity:
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates & CMOs
$
184,690 $
1,178 $
(13,611) $
172,257
Non-GSE certificates & CMOs
69,198
1
(3,331)
65,868
ABS
156,020
9
(4,167)
151,862
Municipal
64,083
229
(7,891)
56,421
Corporate
3,000
6
—
3,006
476,991
1,423
(29,000)
449,414
PACE assessments:
Commercial PACE assessments
327,735
—
(28,865)
298,870
Residential PACE assessments
750,033
—
(58,345)
691,688
1,077,768
—
(87,210)
990,558
Total held-to-maturity
$
1,554,759 $
1,423 $
(116,210) $
1,439,972
Allowance for credit losses
(744)
Total held-to-maturity, net of allowance for
credit losses
$
1,554,015
As of December 31, 2025, available for sale securities with a fair value of $1.15 billion were pledged and held-to-maturity
securities with a fair value of $393.8 million were pledged. The majority of the securities were pledged to the FHLBNY to secure
outstanding advances, letters of credit and to provide additional borrowing potential. In addition, securities were pledged to
provide capacity to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank and to collateralize municipal deposits.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
97
The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available for sale and held-to-maturity as of December 31, 2024 are as
follows:
December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Available for sale:
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates & CMOs
$
537,313 $
2,072 $
(31,227) $
508,158
Non-GSE certificates & CMOs
229,513
243
(15,581)
214,175
ABS
665,548
1,349
(14,563)
652,334
Corporate
109,482
—
(11,167)
98,315
Other
4,197
—
(132)
4,065
1,546,053
3,664
(72,670)
1,477,047
PACE assessments:
Residential PACE assessments
150,184
1,827
—
152,011
Total available for sale
$
1,696,237 $
5,491 $
(72,670) $
1,629,058
Amortized
Cost
Gross
Unrecognized
Gains
Gross
Unrecognized
Losses
Fair Value
Held-to-maturity:
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates & CMOs
$
188,194 $
707 $
(20,679) $
168,222
Non-GSE certificates & CMOs
73,850
—
(5,993)
67,857
ABS
215,161
469
(6,437)
209,193
Municipal
65,090
39
(10,837)
54,292
542,295
1,215
(43,946)
499,564
PACE assessments:
Commercial PACE assessments
268,692
—
(37,731)
230,961
Residential PACE assessments
775,922
—
(73,727)
702,195
1,044,614
—
(111,458)
933,156
Total held-to-maturity
$
1,586,909 $
1,215 $
(155,404) $
1,432,720
Allowance for credit losses
(704)
Total held-to-maturity, net of allowance for
credit losses
$
1,586,205
As of December 31, 2024, available for sale securities with a fair value of $1.05 billion were pledged; $473.2 million held-to-
maturity securities were pledged. The majority of the securities were pledged to the FHLBNY to secure outstanding advances,
letters of credit and to provide additional borrowing potential. In addition, securities were pledged to provide capacity to borrow
from the Federal Reserve and to collateralize municipal deposits.
During the year ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there were no transfers of securities between available for sale
and held-to-maturity.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
98
The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available for sale and held-to-maturity,
exclusive of mortgage-backed securities, by their contractual maturity as of December 31, 2025. Actual maturities may differ
from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalty:
Available for Sale
Held-to-maturity
(In thousands)
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
Due within one year
$
16,275 $
16,089
$
2,067 $
1,907
Due after one year through five years
35,317
34,909
17,120
16,514
Due after five years through ten years
168,986
165,314
107,100
104,021
Due after ten years
733,250
726,937
1,174,584
1,079,405
$
953,828 $
943,249
$
1,300,871 $
1,201,847
Proceeds received and gains and losses realized on sales of securities are summarized below:
Year Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
2025
2024
2023
Proceeds
$
364,841 $
394,118
$
285,408
Realized gains
$
1,223 $
4
$
61
Realized losses
(4,627)
(9,702)
(7,453)
Net realized losses
$
(3,404) $
(9,698)
$
(7,392)
Tax benefit
$
888 $
2,609
$
2,181
There were no sales of held-to-maturity securities during the year ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 or December 31,
2023.
The Company controls and monitors inherent credit risk in its securities portfolio through due diligence, diversification,
concentration limits, periodic securities reviews, and by investing in low risk securities. This includes high quality Non-Agency
Securities, low LTV PACE Bonds and a significant portion of the securities portfolio in GSE obligations. GSEs include the
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), the Government
National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) and the Small Business Administration (“SBA”). GNMA is a wholly owned U.S.
Government corporation whereas FHLMC and FNMA are private. Mortgage-related securities may include mortgage pass-
through certificates, participation certificates and CMOs. At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there were no holdings
of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders'
equity.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
99
The following summarizes the fair value and unrealized losses for available for sale securities as of December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024, respectively, segregated between securities that have been in an unrealized loss position for less than twelve
months and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for twelve months or longer at the respective dates:
December 31, 2025
Less Than Twelve Months
Twelve Months or Longer
Total
(In thousands)
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Available for sale:
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates & CMOs
$
57,671 $
342 $
138,879 $
18,292 $
196,550 $
18,634
Non-GSE certificates & CMOs
5,893
20
118,250
10,058
124,143
10,078
ABS
284,508
1,095
105,027
9,377
389,535
10,472
Corporate
—
—
75,386
4,613
75,386
4,613
Other
7,848
152
—
—
7,848
152
Total available for sale
$
355,920 $
1,609 $
437,542 $
42,340 $
793,462 $
43,949
December 31, 2024
Less Than Twelve Months
Twelve Months or Longer
Total
(In thousands)
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Fair Value
Unrealized
Losses
Available for sale:
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates & CMOs
$
50,828 $
881 $
249,736 $
30,346 $
300,564 $
31,227
Non-GSE certificates & CMOs
33,778
71
145,329
15,510
179,107
15,581
ABS
121,444
421
151,668
14,142
273,112
14,563
Corporate
—
—
98,315
11,167
98,315
11,167
Other
—
—
3,865
132
3,865
132
Total available for sale
$
206,050 $
1,373 $
648,913 $
71,297 $
854,963 $
72,670
Available for sale securities
As of December 31, 2025, none of the Company’s available for sale debt securities were in an unrealized loss position due to
credit and therefore no allowance for credit losses on available for sale debt securities was required. The temporary impairment of
fixed income securities is primarily attributable to changes in overall market interest rates and/or changes in credit/liquidity
spreads since the investments were acquired. In general, as market interest rates rise and/or credit/liquidity spreads widen, the fair
value of fixed rate securities will decrease, as market interest rates fall and/or credit spreads tighten, the fair value of fixed rate
securities will increase.
With respect to the Company’s security investments that are temporarily impaired as of December 31, 2025, management does
not intend to sell these investments and does not believe it will be necessary to do so before anticipated recovery. If either criteria
regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the security's amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. The
Company expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of these investments. Therefore, the Company
does not hold an allowance for credit losses for available for sale securities at December 31, 2025.
Held-to-maturity securities
Management conducts an evaluation of expected credit losses on held-to-maturity securities on a collective basis by security type.
Management monitors the credit quality of debt securities held-to-maturity through reasonable and supportable forecasts, reviews
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
100
of credit trends on underlying assets, credit ratings, and other factors. Holdings of securities issued by GSEs with unrealized
losses are either explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government, and are highly rated by major rating agencies and
have a long history of no credit losses.
With the exception of PACE assessments, which are generally not rated, our traditional securities were rated investment grade by
at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization with only $7.0 million rated below investment grade. All issues
were current as to their interest payments. We have had insignificant losses on PACE assessments that we have invested in and
are not aware of any significant losses in the PACE bonds sector given the low loan-to-value position and the superior lien
position on the property. Management considers that the temporary impairment of these investments as of December 31, 2025 is
primarily due to an increase in interest rates and spreads since the time these investments were acquired.
Accrued interest receivable on securities totaling $41.6 million and $38.7 million at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024,
respectively, was included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet and excluded from the amortized cost and estimated
fair value totals in the table above.
The following table presents the activity in the allowance for credit losses for securities held-to-maturity for the years ended
December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2025:
(In thousands)
Non-GSE
commercial
certificates
Commercial
PACE
Residential
PACE
Total
Allowance for credit losses:
Balance as of January 1, 2023
$
— $
— $
— $
—
Adoption of ASU No. 2016-13
85
255
328
668
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
(5)
3
81
79
Charge-offs
—
—
—
(26)
Recoveries
—
—
—
—
Balance as of December 31, 2023
$
54 $
258 $
409 $
721
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
(7)
10
(22)
(19)
Charge-offs
—
—
—
—
Recoveries
2
—
—
2
Balance as of December 31, 2024
49
268
387
704
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
(8)
60
(12)
40
Charge-offs
—
—
—
—
Recoveries
—
—
—
—
Balance as of December 31, 2025
$
41 $
328 $
375 $
744
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
The Company owned 50,091 shares and 156,932 shares at a cost of $100 per share at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024,
respectively. Dividend income on FHLBNY stock amounted to approximately $0.5 million, $0.4 million, $0.8 million during the
years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
101
5. LOANS RECEIVABLE, NET
Loans receivable at amortized cost, net of deferred loan origination fees and costs, are summarized as follows:
December 31,
2025
December 31,
2024
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
1,334,794
$
1,175,490
Multifamily
1,643,779
1,351,604
Commercial real estate
363,266
411,387
Construction and land development
24,803
20,683
Total commercial portfolio
3,366,642
2,959,164
Residential real estate lending
1,237,791
1,313,617
Consumer solar
325,154
365,516
Consumer and other
27,686
34,627
Total retail portfolio
1,590,631
1,713,760
Total loans receivable
4,957,273
4,672,924
Allowance for credit losses
(57,586)
(60,086)
Total loans receivable, net
$
4,899,687
$
4,612,838
Included in commercial and industrial loans are government guaranteed loans with a balance of $204.9 million at December 31,
2025 and $198.5 million at December 31, 2024. Due to these loans being fully guaranteed by the United States government, no
allowance for credit losses is recorded in relation to these loans at December 31, 2025 or December 31, 2024.
The following table presents information regarding the past due status of the Company’s loans as of December 31, 2025:
30-59 Days
Past Due
60-89 Days
Past Due
Non-
Accrual
90 Days or
More
Delinquent
and Still
Accruing
Interest
Total Past
Due
Current
Total
Loans
Receivable
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
11 $
200 $
713 $
— $
924 $ 1,333,870 $ 1,334,794
Multifamily
5,662
—
10,316
—
15,978 1,627,801 1,643,779
Commercial real estate
12,321
—
—
—
12,321 350,945 363,266
Construction and land development
5,194
—
11,079
—
16,273
8,530
24,803
Total commercial portfolio
23,188
200
22,108
—
45,496 3,321,146 3,366,642
Residential real estate lending
5,439
3,069
2,419
—
10,927 1,226,864 1,237,791
Consumer solar
2,819
2,280
3,129
—
8,228 316,926 325,154
Consumer and other
914
294
59
—
1,267
26,419
27,686
Total retail portfolio
9,172
5,643
5,607
—
20,422 1,570,209 1,590,631
$ 32,360 $
5,843 $ 27,715 $
— $ 65,918 $ 4,891,355 $ 4,957,273
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
102
The following table presents information regarding the past due status of the Company’s loans as of December 31, 2024:
30-89 Days
Past Due
60-89 Days
Past Due
Non-
Accrual
90 Days or
More
Delinquent
and Still
Accruing
Interest
Total Past
Due
Current
Total
Loans
Receivable
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
659 $
189 $
872 $
— $
1,720 $ 1,173,770 $ 1,175,490
Multifamily
8,172
—
—
—
8,172 1,343,432 1,351,604
Commercial real estate
—
1,280
4,062
—
5,342 406,045 411,387
Construction and land development
—
—
11,107
—
11,107
9,576
20,683
Total commercial portfolio
8,831
1,469
16,041
—
26,341 2,932,823 2,959,164
Residential real estate lending
5,960
202
1,771
—
7,933 1,305,684 1,313,617
Consumer solar
378
445
2,827
—
3,650 361,866 365,516
Consumer and other
2,487
2,282
370
—
5,139
29,488
34,627
Total retail portfolio
8,825
2,929
4,968
—
16,722 1,697,038 1,713,760
$ 17,656 $
4,398 $ 21,009 $
— $ 43,063 $ 4,629,861 $ 4,672,924
For the year ended December 31, 2025, six loan modifications were made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. The
following table presents information regarding loan modifications granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty during
the year ended December 31, 2025:
Year Ended December 31, 2025
(In thousands)
Term Extension
Payment Delay
Total
% of Portfolio
Commercial and industrial
$
3,144 $
9,076
$
12,220
0.9 %
Multifamily
—
3,111
3,111
0.2 %
Construction and land development
14,002
—
14,002
56.5 %
Total
$
17,146 $
12,187
$
29,333
The following table describes the financial effect of the modifications made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty:
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Weighted Average Years of Term
Extension
Commercial and industrial
0.4
Multifamily
0.0
Construction and land development
1.1
For loans with a payment delay, there was one C&I loan in which the interest was deferred and added to the principal balance as
part of the modification. The other loan was a Multifamily loan in which a payment was deferred over the remaining life of
twenty-four months.
One C&I loan was modified during this period that had a payment default. The other loan modifications had no delinquencies
during the year ended December 31, 2025.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
103
For the year ended December 31, 2024, six loan modifications were made to borrowers experiencing difficulty. The following
table presents information regarding loan modifications granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty during the year
ended December 31, 2024:
Year Ended December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
Term Extension
Total
% of Portfolio
Commercial and industrial
$
479 $
479
— %
Multifamily
11,770
11,770
0.9 %
Commercial real estate
4,715
4,715
1.1 %
Construction and land development
13,988
13,988
67.6 %
Total
$
30,952 $
30,952
The following table describes the financial effect of the modifications made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty:
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Weighted Average Years of Term
Extension
Commercial and industrial
0.7
Multifamily
3.3
Commercial real estate
0.3
Construction and land development
0.8
One CRE and one C&I loans were modified during this period that had a payment default. The other loan modifications had no
delinquencies during the year ended December 31, 2024.
In order to manage credit quality, we view the Company’s loan portfolio by various segments. For commercial loans, we assign
individual credit ratings ranging from 1 (lowest risk) to 10 (highest risk) as an indicator of credit quality. These ratings are based
on specific risk factors including (i) historical and projected financial results of the borrower, (ii) market conditions of the
borrower’s industry that may affect the borrower’s future financial performance, (iii) business experience of the borrower’s
management, (iv) nature of the underlying collateral, if any, including the ability of the collateral to generate sources of
repayment, and (v) history of the borrower’s payment performance. These specific risk factors are then utilized as inputs in our
credit model to determine the associated allowance for credit loss. Non-rated loans generally include residential mortgages and
consumer loans.
The below classifications follow regulatory guidelines and can be generally described as follows:
•
pass loans are of satisfactory quality (risk rating 1 through 6);
•
special mention loans have a potential weakness or risk that may result in the deterioration of future repayment (risk
rating 7);
•
substandard loans are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the
collateral pledged (these loans have a well-defined weakness, and there is a distinct possibility that the Company will
sustain some loss) (risk rating 8 and 9); and
•
doubtful loans, based on existing circumstances, have weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full highly
questionable and improbable (risk rating 10).
In addition, residential loans are classified utilizing an inter-agency methodology that incorporates the extent of delinquency.
Assigned risk rating grades are continuously updated as new information is obtained.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
104
The following table discloses risk rating of the loans. Information below evaluates the Company’s risk category of loans by class
as of December 31, 2025:
Term Loans by Origination Year
(In thousands)
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021 &
Prior
Revolving
loans
Revolving
Loans
Converted to
Term
Total
Commercial and industrial:
Pass
$
397,992 $
238,047 $
55,123 $
124,706 $
363,950 $
112,769 $
— $ 1,292,587
Special Mention
—
—
—
2,513
13,416
50
—
15,979
Substandard
347
—
—
18,574
7,307
—
—
26,228
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total commercial and industrial
$
398,339 $
238,047 $
55,123 $
145,793 $
384,673 $
112,819 $
— $ 1,334,794
Current period gross charge-offs
$
2,084 $
3,747 $
2,284 $
312 $
1,500 $
439 $
— $
10,366
Multifamily:
Pass
$
405,722 $
241,674 $
202,857 $
342,101 $
406,238 $
2 $
— $ 1,598,594
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
7,358
—
—
7,358
Substandard
—
—
—
—
37,827
—
—
37,827
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total multifamily
$
405,722 $
241,674 $
202,857 $
342,101 $
451,423 $
2 $
— $ 1,643,779
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
— $
— $
2,471 $
— $
— $
— $
2,471
Commercial real estate:
Pass
$
36,358 $
100,528 $
19,213 $
40,191 $
166,973 $
3 $
— $
363,266
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Substandard
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total commercial real estate
$
36,358 $
100,528 $
19,213 $
40,191 $
166,973 $
3 $
— $
363,266
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
—
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
105
Construction and land development:
Pass
$
8,531 $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
8,531
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
—
5,194
—
5,194
Substandard
—
—
—
—
—
11,078
—
11,078
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total construction and land
development
$
8,531 $
— $
— $
— $
— $
16,272 $
— $
24,803
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
—
Residential real estate lending:
Pass
$
62,342 $
64,765 $
116,579 $
361,067 $
616,426 $
13,933 $
— $ 1,235,112
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Substandard
—
—
431
1,914
334
—
—
2,679
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total residential real estate lending
$
62,342 $
64,765 $
117,010 $
362,981 $
616,760 $
13,933 $
— $ 1,237,791
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
304 $
— $
— $
304
Consumer solar:
Pass
$
317 $
86 $
21,963 $
84,702 $
214,957 $
— $
— $
322,025
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Substandard
61
—
106
923
2,039
—
—
3,129
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total consumer solar
$
378 $
86 $
22,069 $
85,625 $
216,996 $
— $
— $
325,154
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
— $
197 $
3,365 $
6,578 $
— $
— $
10,140
Consumer and other:
Pass
$
— $
— $
1,061 $
10,168 $
16,054 $
344 $
— $
27,627
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Substandard
—
—
—
21
38
—
—
59
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total consumer and other
$
— $
— $
1,061 $
10,189 $
16,092 $
344 $
— $
27,686
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
— $
24 $
— $
135 $
12 $
— $
171
Total Loans:
Pass
$
911,262 $
645,100 $
416,796 $
962,935 $ 1,784,598 $
127,051 $
— $ 4,847,742
Special Mention
—
—
—
2,513
20,774
5,244
—
28,531
Substandard
408
—
537
21,432
47,545
11,078
—
81,000
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total loans
$
911,670 $
645,100 $
417,333 $
986,880 $ 1,852,917 $
143,373 $
— $ 4,957,273
Current period gross charge-offs
$
2,084 $
3,747 $
2,505 $
6,148 $
8,517 $
451 $
— $
23,452
The following tables summarize the Company’s risk category of loans by class as of December 31, 2024:
Term Loans by Origination Year
(In thousands)
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020 &
Prior
Revolving
loans
Revolving
Loans
Converted to
Term
Total
Commercial and Industrial:
Pass
$
331,879 $
82,769 $
146,475 $
178,107 $
218,078 $
155,917 $
— $ 1,113,225
Special Mention
137
—
13,816
9,756
—
1,905
—
25,614
Substandard
115
—
5,531
15,805
13,403
1,797
—
36,651
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total commercial and industrial
$
332,131 $
82,769 $
165,822 $
203,668 $
231,481 $
159,619 $
— $ 1,175,490
Current period gross charge-offs
$
200 $
1,738 $
653 $
— $
5,553 $
— $
— $
8,144
Multifamily:
Pass
$
258,985 $
226,552 $
362,091 $
43,413 $
451,981 $
2 $
— $ 1,343,024
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
106
Substandard
—
—
—
—
8,580
—
—
8,580
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total multifamily
$
258,985 $
226,552 $
362,091 $
43,413 $
460,561 $
2 $
— $ 1,351,604
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
510 $
— $
— $
510
Commercial real estate:
Pass
$
100,289 $
41,791 $
41,266 $
46,847 $
170,931 $
6,201 $
— $
407,325
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Substandard
—
—
—
—
4,062
—
—
4,062
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total commercial real estate
$
100,289 $
41,791 $
41,266 $
46,847 $
174,993 $
6,201 $
— $
411,387
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
—
Construction and land development:
Pass
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
4,380 $
5,199 $
— $
9,579
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Substandard
—
—
—
—
—
11,104
—
11,104
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total construction and land
development
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
4,380 $
16,303 $
— $
20,683
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
—
Residential real estate lending:
Pass
$
73,206 $
128,537 $
382,888 $
282,873 $
444,507 $
— $
— $ 1,312,011
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Substandard
—
—
1,491
—
115
—
—
1,606
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total residential real estate lending
$
73,206 $
128,537 $
384,379 $
282,873 $
444,622 $
— $
— $ 1,313,617
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
27 $
— $
— $
1,155 $
— $
— $
1,182
Consumer solar:
Pass
$
— $
25,313 $
94,240 $
119,279 $
124,095 $
— $
— $
362,927
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Substandard
—
99
631
911
948
—
—
2,589
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total consumer solar
$
— $
25,412 $
94,871 $
120,190 $
125,043 $
— $
— $
365,516
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
65 $
2,285 $
3,343 $
2,001 $
— $
— $
7,694
Consumer and other:
Pass
$
402 $
1,907 $
12,512 $
10,181 $
9,153 $
— $
— $
34,155
Special Mention
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Substandard
—
1
83
287
101
—
—
472
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total consumer and other
$
402 $
1,908 $
12,595 $
10,468 $
9,254 $
— $
— $
34,627
Current period gross charge-offs
$
— $
16 $
— $
— $
304 $
— $
— $
320
Total Loans:
Pass
$
764,761 $
506,869 $ 1,039,472 $
680,700 $ 1,423,125 $
167,319 $
— $ 4,582,246
Special Mention
137
—
13,816
9,756
—
1,905
—
25,614
Substandard
115
100
7,736
17,003
27,209
12,901
—
65,064
Doubtful
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Total loans
$
765,013 $
506,969 $ 1,061,024 $
707,459 $ 1,450,334 $
182,125 $
— $ 4,672,924
Current period gross charge-offs
$
200 $
1,846 $
2,938 $
3,343 $
9,523 $
— $
— $
17,850
During the year ended December 31, 2025, in connection with the transition to a new ACL software vendor, the Company refined
certain methodologies, assumptions, and model inputs used in its ACL calculation as follows:
•
Continued to use a discounted cash flow ("DCF") methodology for all segments except consumer solar loans, with
expected losses estimated using probability of default and loss given default assumptions derived from peer historical
data.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
107
•
Performed an annual refresh of the loss drivers and key assumptions for the DCF methodology, including peer groups
per segment, macroeconomic variables, and prepayment speeds, within the model.
•
Developed new assumptions for the DCF methodology, related to curtailment rate and recovery lag period, that are
required for the operation of the model within the new software.
•
Updated the reasonable and supportable forecast period for the DCF methodology to four quarters.
•
Introduced the WARM method for consumer solar loans which forecasts losses based on the Company's own historical
loss data for the portfolio segment, applied over the weighted average remaining maturity of the portfolio segment.
These enhancements did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
The activities in the allowance by portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2025 are as follows:
(In thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Multifamily
Commercial
Real Estate
Construction
and Land
Development
Residential
Real Estate
Lending
Consumer
Solar
Consumer
and Other
Total
Allowance for credit losses:
Beginning balance - ACL
$
13,505
$
2,794
$
1,600
$
1,253
$
9,493
$
29,095
$
2,346
$ 60,086
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
9,840
4,469
179
253
(2,814)
7,041
(1,332)
17,636
Charge-offs
(10,366)
(2,471)
—
—
(304)
(10,140)
(171) (23,452)
Recoveries
297
—
—
—
782
2,153
84
3,316
Ending balance - ACL
$
13,276
$
4,792
$
1,779
$
1,506
$
7,157
$
28,149
$
927
$ 57,586
The activities in the allowance by portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2024 are as follows:
(In thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Multifamily
Commercial
Real Estate
Construction
and Land
Development
Residential
Real Estate
Lending
Consumer
Solar
Consumer
and Other
Total
Allowance for credit losses:
Beginning balance - ACL
$
18,331
$
2,133
$
1,276
$
24
$
13,273
$
27,978
$
2,676
$ 65,691
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
3,240
1,171
324
831
(3,590)
8,439
(62)
10,353
Charge-offs
(8,144)
(510)
—
—
(1,182)
(7,694)
(320) (17,850)
Recoveries
78
—
—
398
992
372
52
1,892
Ending Balance - ACL
$
13,505
$
2,794
$
1,600
$
1,253
$
9,493
$
29,095
$
2,346
$ 60,086
The activities in the allowance by portfolio for the year ended December 31, 2023 are as follows:
(In thousands)
Commercial
and
Industrial
Multifamily
Commercial
Real Estate
Construction
and Land
Development
Residential
Real Estate
Lending
Consumer
Solar
Consumer
and Other
Total
Allowance for loan losses:
Beginning balance - ALLL
$
12,916
$
7,104
$
3,627
$
825
$
11,338
$
6,867
$
2,354
$ 45,031
Adoption of ASU No. 2016-13
3,816
(1,183)
(1,321)
(466)
3,068
16,166
1,149
21,229
Beginning balance
16,732
5,921
2,306
359
14,406
23,033
3,503
66,260
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses
3,272
(1,441)
(1,030)
4,329
(1,774)
10,700
(593)
13,463
Charge-offs
(1,726)
(2,367)
—
(4,664)
(65)
(6,966)
(270) (16,058)
Recoveries
53
20
—
—
706
1,211
36
2,026
Ending balance
$
18,331
$
2,133
$
1,276
$
24
$
13,273
$
27,978
$
2,676
$ 65,691
The amortized cost basis of loans on nonaccrual status and the specific allowance as of December 31, 2025 are as follows:
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
108
Nonaccrual with
No Allowance
Nonaccrual with
Allowance
Reserve
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
— $
713 $
713
Multifamily
—
10,316
1,871
Construction and land development
8,794
2,285
1,477
Total commercial portfolio
$
8,794 $
13,314 $
4,061
Residential real estate lending
2,419
—
—
Consumer solar
3,129
—
—
Consumer and other
59
—
—
Total retail portfolio
5,607
—
—
$
14,401 $
13,314 $
4,061
The amortized cost basis of loans on nonaccrual status and the specific allowance as of December 31, 2024 are as follows:
Nonaccrual with
No Allowance
Nonaccrual with
Allowance
Reserve
(In thousands)
Commercial and industrial
$
— $
872 $
731
Commercial real estate
4,062
—
—
Construction and land development
8,803
2,304
1,252
Total commercial portfolio
$
12,865 $
3,176 $
1,983
Residential real estate lending
1,771
—
—
Consumer solar
2,827
—
—
Consumer and other
370
—
—
Total retail portfolio
4,968
—
—
$
17,833 $
3,176 $
1,983
The below table summarizes collateral dependent loans which were individually evaluated to determine expected credit losses as
of December 31, 2025:
Real Estate
Collateral Dependent
Associated Allowance
for Credit Losses
(In thousands)
Multifamily
$
10,316 $
1,871
Construction and land development
16,273
1,477
$
26,589 $
3,348
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
109
The below table summarizes collateral dependent loans which were individually evaluated to determine expected credit losses as
of December 31, 2024:
Real Estate
Collateral Dependent
Associated Allowance
for Credit Losses
(In thousands)
Commercial real estate
$
4,062 $
—
Construction and land development
16,302
1,252
$
20,364 $
1,252
As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, mortgage loans with an unpaid principal balance of $2.33 billion and
$2.45 billion, respectively, were pledged to the FHLBNY to secure outstanding advances, letters of credit, and to provide
additional borrowing potential.
The Company had $1.5 million and $1.9 million of loans to related parties and affiliates as of December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024, respectively.
As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, Loans Held for Sale ("LHFS") on the Consolidated Statements of Financial
Condition was $2.8 million and $37.6 million, respectively. Included in LHFS were certain non-performing loans of $0.9 million
and $4.9 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Included in LHFS balance at December 31, 2024
was a pool of $36.6 million residential loans that were sold in the quarter ended March 31, 2025. Remaining loans in both periods
were related to residential loans originated for sale.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
110
6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:
December 31,
2025
2024
(In thousands)
Buildings, premises and improvements
$
26,549 $
28,168
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
4,364
5,722
Projects in process
1,856
1,064
32,769
34,954
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
(28,084)
(28,568)
$
4,685 $
6,386
Depreciation and amortization expense charged to operations amounted to $3.0 million, $3.2 million, and $3.5 million for the
years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
111
7. DEPOSITS
Deposits are summarized as follows:
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2024
Amount
Weighted
Average Rate
Amount
Weighted
Average Rate
(In thousands)
Non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts
$
3,234,418
0.00 % $
2,868,506
0.00 %
NOW accounts
184,635
0.40 %
179,765
0.72 %
Money market deposit accounts
4,000,096
2.47 %
3,564,423
2.67 %
Savings accounts
326,895
1.01 %
328,696
1.32 %
Time deposits
203,197
3.14 %
239,215
3.54 %
Total deposits
$
7,949,241
1.37 % $
7,180,605
1.52 %
The scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2025 are as follows:
(In thousands)
Balance
2026
$
192,248
2027
6,664
2028
2,485
2029
1,428
2030
372
Thereafter
—
Total
$
203,197
Time deposits greater than $250,000 totaled $51.7 million as of December 31, 2025 and $48.5 million as of December 31, 2024.
From time to time the Company will issue time deposits through the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”)
for the purpose of providing FDIC insurance to bank customers with balances in excess of FDIC insurance limits. CDARS
deposits totaled approximately $61.2 million and $104.9 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively,
and are included in Time deposits above.
Our total deposits included deposits from Workers United and its related entities, a related party, in the amounts of $98.0 million
as of December 31, 2025 and $71.2 million as of December 31, 2024.
Included in total deposits are state and municipal deposits totaling $104.2 million and $62.6 million as of December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024, respectively. Such deposits are secured by letters of credit issued by the FHLBNY or by securities pledged
with the FHLBNY.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
112
8. BORROWINGS
Subordinated Debt
On November 8, 2021, the Company completed a public offering of $85.0 million of aggregated principal amount of 3.25%
Fixed-to-Floating Rate subordinated notes due 2031 (the "Notes"). The fixed rate period is defined from and including November
8, 2021 to, but excluding, November 15, 2026, or the date of earlier redemption. The floating rate period is defined from and
including November 15, 2026 to, but excluding, November 15, 2031, or the date of earlier redemption. The floating rate per
annum is equal to three-month term SOFR (the "benchmark rate") plus a spread of 230 basis points for each quarterly interest
period during the floating rate period, provided however, that if the benchmark rate is less than zero, the benchmark rate shall be
deemed to be zero. The subordinated notes will mature on November 15, 2031.
The Company may, at its option, beginning with the interest payment date of November 15, 2026, and on any interest payment
date thereafter, redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, from time to time, subject to obtaining prior approval of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board") to the extent such approval is then required under the
capital adequacy rules of the Federal Reserve Board, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes
being redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the date of redemption.
As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the subordinated debt was $63.8 million and $63.7 million, respectively.
Interest expense on subordinated debt for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 was $2.2 million, $2.4 million, and
$2.7 million, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2025 the Company did not repurchase any subordinated notes. During the year ended
December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company repurchased subordinated notes with a par value of $7.0 million and $7.5 million, for
cash paid of $5.9 million and $6.0 million, respectively.
Gains on repurchases of subordinated debt for the year ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and 2023, were zero, $1.1
million and $1.4 million, respectively, and are recorded in Non-interest income - other on the consolidated statements of income.
FHLBNY borrowed funds and Other Borrowings
FHLBNY advances are collateralized by the FHLBNY stock owned by the Bank plus a pledge of other eligible assets comprised
of securities and mortgage loans. Assets are pledged as collateral for borrowing capacity. As of December 31, 2025, the value of
the other eligible assets had an estimated market value net of haircut totaling $1.98 billion (comprised of securities of $318.4
million and mortgage loans of $1.66 billion). As of December 31, 2024, the value of the other eligible assets had an estimated
market value net of haircut totaling $2.04 billion (comprised of securities of $379.6 million and mortgage loans of $1.66 billion).
The fair value of assets pledged to the FHLBNY is required to be not less than 110% of the outstanding advances. There were
$5.8 million in outstanding FHLBNY advances as of December 31, 2025 and $250.7 million in outstanding FHLBNY advances
as of December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, we had $5.8 million and $10.7 million, respectively,
of FHLBNY advances through the 0% Development Advance Program that provides members with subsidized funding in the
form of interest rate credits to assist in originating loans or purchasing loans or investments that meet one of the eligibility criteria.
The Company pledged PACE assessments which qualified under the Climate Development Advance and therefore will receive
interest rate credits and will not incur any interest expense related to the current outstanding advances. For the years ended
December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, interest expense on FHLBNY advances was $0.7 million and $0.3 million, and $5.4 million,
respectively.
In addition to FHLBNY advances, the Company uses other borrowings for short-term borrowing needs. Federal funds lines of
credit are extended to the Company by non-affiliated banks with which a correspondent banking relationship exists. At
December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024 there was no outstanding balance related to federal funds purchased. In addition,
following the bank failures in 2023, the Federal Reserve created a new Bank Term Funding Program ("BTFP") as an additional
source of liquidity against high-quality securities, offering loans of up to one year to eligible institutions pledging qualifying
assets as collateral. During the year ended December 31, 2024, BTFP ceased extending new borrowings, and as such, there was
no further outstanding borrowings. For the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023, interest expense on BTFP balances was
$2.7 million, and $7.6 million, respectively.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
113
9. REGULATORY CAPITAL
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by
regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under
capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for the Bank, the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company
and the Bank must meet specific capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of the Company and the Bank’s assets,
liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company and the Bank’s
capital amounts and classifications also are subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings,
and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain
minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total, tier 1, and common equity tier 1 capital (as defined in the
regulations) to risk weighted assets, and of tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to average assets. Management believes as
of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements.
As of December 31, 2025, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as
“well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the Bank
must maintain minimum total risk-based, tier 1 risk-based, common equity tier 1 risk-based, tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in
the table below. Since that notification, there are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the institution’s
category.
The Company’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes (1)
To Be Considered
Well Capitalized
(In thousands)
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
December, 31, 2025
Total capital to risk weighted assets
$ 936,532
16.40 % $ 456,875
8.00 %
N/A
N/A
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
812,379
14.23 %
342,656
6.00 %
N/A
N/A
Tier 1 capital to average assets
812,379
9.36 %
347,198
4.00 %
N/A
N/A
Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets
812,379
14.23 %
256,992
4.50 %
N/A
N/A
December, 31, 2024
Total capital to risk weighted assets
$ 879,316
16.26 % $ 432,496
8.00 %
N/A
N/A
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
751,394
13.90 %
324,372
6.00 %
N/A
N/A
Tier 1 capital to average assets
751,394
9.00 %
334,112
4.00 %
N/A
N/A
Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets
751,394
13.90 %
243,279
4.50 %
N/A
N/A
(1)
Amounts are shown exclusive of the applicable capital conservation buffer of 2.50%.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
114
The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table:
Actual
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes (1)
To Be Considered
Well Capitalized
(In thousands)
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
December, 31, 2025
Total capital to risk weighted assets
$ 890,991
15.64 %
$ 455,612
8.00 %
$ 569,515
10.00 %
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
830,625
14.58 %
341,709
6.00 %
455,612
8.00 %
Tier 1 capital to average assets
830,625
9.63 %
345,109
4.00 %
431,387
5.00 %
Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets
830,625
14.58 %
256,282
4.50 %
370,185
6.50 %
December, 31, 2024
Total capital to risk weighted assets
$ 829,871
15.35 %
$ 432,493
8.00 %
$ 540,616
10.00 %
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
765,652
14.16 %
324,370
6.00 %
432,493
8.00 %
Tier 1 capital to average assets
765,652
9.17 %
334,109
4.00 %
417,637
5.00 %
Common equity tier 1 to risk weighted assets
765,652
14.16 %
243,277
4.50 %
351,400
6.50 %
(1)
Amounts are shown exclusive of the applicable capital conservation buffer of 2.50%.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
115
10. INCOME TAXES
Pretax income is entirely related to domestic activities, the Company did not have any foreign operations.
The components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 are as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
2025
2024
2023
Current:
Federal
$
23,745 $
24,444 $
21,756
State and local
10,286
9,536
10,752
34,031
33,980
32,508
Deferred:
Federal
1,062
2,594
279
State and local
615
2,581
3,965
1,677
5,175
4,244
Total income tax provision
$
35,708 $
39,155 $
36,752
A reconciliation of the expected income tax expense at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% to the Company’s actual
income tax benefit and effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 and is as follows:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Amount
%
Amount
%
Amount
%
(In thousands)
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate
$ 29,432
21.00 %
$ 30,574
21.00 %
$ 26,193
21.00 %
State and local income taxes, net of federal effect (1)
7,926
5.66 %
8,158
5.60 %
8,922
7.15 %
Effect of:
Non-taxable and non-deductible items
(148)
(0.11) %
(880)
(0.60) %
(15)
(0.01) %
Tax credits(2)
(1,556)
(1.11) %
—
0.00 %
—
0.00 %
Changes in tax laws or rates
(298)
(0.21) %
—
0.00 %
—
0.00 %
Other (3)
(213)
(0.15) %
141
0.10 %
(1,055)
(0.85) %
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits
565
0.40 %
1,162
0.79 %
2,707
2.18 %
Total
$ 35,708
25.48 %
$ 39,155
26.89 %
$ 36,752
29.47 %
(1) State and local taxes in New York State and New York City made up the majority (greater than 50 percent) of the tax effect in
this category.
(2) Solar tax credits are presented net of the related proportional amortization and tax benefits.
(3) The individual items included do not individually or in the aggregate exceed the 5% quantitative threshold for separate
disaggregation.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
116
The following table discloses income taxes paid (net of refunds) for each annual period presented, disaggregated by domestic
federal and state for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023.
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Amount
Amount
Amount
(In thousands)
U.S. federal
$
8,640
$ 21,400
$ 15,788
U.S state and local
New York State
4,226
6,820
1,891
New York City
4,273
2,702
1,857
California
1,330
1,020
643
All other states
1,522
2,055
2,446
Total
$ 19,991
$ 33,997
$ 22,625
As of December 31, 2025 the Company had remaining state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $4.2 million which
are available to offset future state income and which expires in 2035.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities result from temporary differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities for
financial reporting purposes and for income tax return purposes. These assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax
rates and laws that are currently in effect and are reported net in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Financial
Condition.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
117
The significant components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, are as follows:
December 31,
2025
2024
(In thousands)
Deferred tax assets:
Excess tax basis over carrying value of assets:
Allowance for credit losses
$
16,328 $
17,436
Postretirement and other employee benefits
4,520
5,069
Available for sale securities carried at fair value for financial statement purposes
8,687
18,043
Depreciation and amortization
103
791
Operating leases
3,274
5,300
Federal, state and local net operating loss carryforward
324
474
Transfer of available for sale securities to held-to-maturity
2,584
3,161
Other, net
766
1,114
Gross deferred tax asset
36,586
51,388
Deferred tax liabilities:
Derivatives
(103)
(173)
Equity method investments
(1,685)
(4,045)
Purchase accounting adjustments, net
(240)
(395)
Operating leases
(2,566)
(3,822)
Depreciation and amortization
(1,242)
(516)
Gross deferred tax liabilities
(5,836)
(8,951)
Deferred tax asset, net
$
30,750 $
42,437
As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s deferred tax assets were valued without an allowance as management concluded that it
is more likely than not that the entire amount may be realized. ASC 740, Income Taxes, provides for the recognition of deferred
tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. Management reassesses the need for a valuation allowance on an
annual basis, or more frequently if warranted. If it is later determined that a valuation allowance is required, it generally will be an
expense to the income tax provision in the period such determination is made.
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to income tax in the U.S. and multiple states and local jurisdictions. A tax position is
recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination; with a tax
examination presumably to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of
being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. The
Company had an uncertain tax liability related to on-going tax examinations regarding inventory of prior net operating losses of
$0.9 million at December 31, 2024. During 2025, the Company settled its uncertain tax liability with respect to the prior net
operating losses with the relevant tax authorities. The Company no longer maintains any uncertain tax liability by the end of 2025.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
118
The following table discloses a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit.
2025
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Balance at January 1
$
915
$
3,036
$
—
Additions for tax positions of prior years
410
1,012
3,036
Reductions due to lapse of statute of limitations
(37)
Settlements
(1,325)
(3,096)
Balance at December 31
$
—
$
915
$
3,036
Of the amounts presented in the table, zero, $0.7 million, and $2.4 million represents the amount of unrecognized tax position
that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in future periods as of December 31, 2025, 2024, and
2023, respectively.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company is generally subject to possible examination by federal, state, and local taxing authorities
for 2022 and subsequent tax years. Income tax receivable, which is included in other assets, totaled $9.1 million and $17.9 million
as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
119
11. EARNINGS PER SHARE
Under the two-class method, earnings available to common stockholders for the period are allocated between common
stockholders and participating securities according to participation rights in undistributed earnings. Our time-based and
performance-based restricted stock units are not considered participating securities as they do not receive dividend distributions
until satisfaction of the related vesting requirements. As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company had 5,379
and 342 anti-dilutive shares, respectively.
Following is a table setting forth the factors used in the earnings per share computation follow:
Year Ended
December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Income attributable to common stock
$
104,447 $
106,434 $
87,978
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
30,328
30,588
30,555
Basic earnings per common share
$
3.44 $
3.48 $
2.88
Income attributable to common stock
$
104,447 $
106,434 $
87,978
Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic
30,328
30,588
30,555
Incremental shares from assumed conversion of options and RSUs
304
348
230
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted
30,632
30,936
30,785
Diluted earnings per common share
$
3.41 $
3.44 $
2.86
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
120
12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The Company offers various pension and retirement benefit plans, as well as a long-term incentive plan to eligible employees and
directors. Significant benefit plans are described as follows:
Pension Plan
The Company participates in a multi-employer non-contributory pension plan which covers substantially all full-time employees,
both unionized and non-unionized. Employees generally qualify for participation in the plan on the first January 1st or July 1st
after attaining age 21 and completing 1,000 Hours of Service in a 12 consecutive month period. A Memorandum of Agreement
covering the unionized employees was entered into on December 20, 2023 which extended the term of the collective bargaining
agreement to June 30, 2026. Under the terms of this plan, participants vest 100% upon completion of five years of service, as
defined in the plan document. Plan assets are invested in the Consolidated Retirement Fund ("CRF"). The Employer Identification
Number of the CRF is 13-3177000 and the Plan Number is 001.
As a multi-employer plan, the Administrator of the CRF does not make separate actuarial valuations with respect to each
employer, nor are plan assets so segregated. The benefits provided by the CRF are being funded by the Company and other
participating employers through contributions to the Administrator, which are necessary to maintain the CRF on a sound actuarial
basis. Contributions are calculated based on a percentage of participants’ qualifying base salary, which percentage is determined
from time to time by the CRF Board of Trustees.
The Pension Protection Act of 2006 ("PPA") ranks the funded status of multi-employer plans depending upon a plan’s current and
projected funding. A plan is in the Red Zone (Critical Status) if it has a current funded percentage (as defined) of less than 65%. A
plan is in the Yellow Zone (Endangered Status) if it has a current funded percentage of less than 80%, or projects a credit balance
deficit within seven years. A plan is in the Green Zone if it has a current funded percentage greater than 80% and does not have a
projected credit balance deficit within seven years. For the 2025 and 2024 plan years, pursuant to the PPA, the CRF was certified
to be in the Green Zone (i.e. neither Critical Status nor Endangered Status).
The following table summarizes certain information regarding contributions made by the Company to the CRF:
(In thousands)
Contributions
Company contributions greater
than 5% of total contributions
received by the CRF?
Year Ended December 31,
2025
$
8,165
Yes
2024
7,634
Yes
2023
7,222
Yes
The amounts of contributions presented in the preceding table represent expense recorded by the Company during the respective
periods and are included in Compensation and Employee Benefits expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Bonus Deferral and Stock Purchase Plan
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company's Board of Directors approved a non-qualified Bonus Deferral And
Stock Purchase Plan ("BDSPP") to provide for a bonus deferral opportunity with matching benefits to certain executives. The plan
allows for participating executives to defer up to 100% of their annual incentive plan bonus in the form of “deferred stock
units” ("DSUs") which will convert to shares issuable upon the earliest to occur of the executive’s separation from service
(including death), a change of control or a qualifying financial emergency. The Company will match 100% up to 35% of any
deferred bonus, in the form of additional DSUs credited to participants' plan accounts. Executives are required to elect their
deferral amount prior to the start of the performance year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the first plan year ended December
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
121
31, 2024, the deferral limit was 50% (not 100%) of the annual incentive plan bonus (and any matching amounts will be awarded
when the annual bonus is determined for such year). Executive bonus expense is accrued as part of the annual incentive accruals.
Retirement Benefit Plans
The Company offers a post-retirement health plan, a life insurance plan, and provides for two other non-qualifying supplemental
retirement plan benefits; one for certain former directors, and one for certain former employees. The Company’s policy is to fund
the cost of health and life benefits in amounts determined in accordance with the plan provisions. The other retirement benefit
plans generally contain vesting provisions and service requirements. These plans are unfunded and represent a general obligation
of the Company.
The following table summarizes the plans’ benefit obligation, the changes in the plans’ benefit obligation, changes in plan assets
and the plan’s funded status:
Year Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
2025
2024
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
2,111 $
2,468
Service cost
—
—
Interest cost
97
106
Actuarial loss
109
1
Benefits paid
(452)
(464)
Benefit obligation at end of year
$
1,865 $
2,111
Change in plan assets:
Employer contributions
$
452 $
464
Benefits paid
(452)
(464)
Plan assets at end of year
$
— $
—
Benefit obligation, included in other liabilities
$
1,865 $
2,111
The following table presents before tax effected amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at
December 31:
(In thousands)
2025
2024
2023
Net actuarial loss
$
2,015 $
2,100 $
2,300
Prior service credit
(207)
(236)
(263)
Total amount recognized
$
1,808 $
1,864 $
2,037
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
122
The following table summarizes the components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other
comprehensive income during the year:
(In thousands)
2025
2024
2023
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
Service cost
$
— $
— $
—
Interest cost
97
106
132
Prior service credit amortization
(29)
(29)
(29)
Recognized actuarial loss
193
203
225
Net periodic benefit
261
280
328
Components of other amounts:
Net regular actuarial (gain) loss
$
108 $
1 $
(47)
Recognized actuarial loss
(193)
(202)
(225)
Prior service credit amortization
29
29
29
Total recognized in other comprehensive income
(56)
(172)
(243)
Total recognized in comprehensive income
$
205 $
108 $
85
The following table summarizes certain weighted average assumptions used to measure the plans’ obligation at the end of the year
as well as net periodic benefit expense during the year:
2025
2024
2023
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:
Discount rate
4.69 %
5.16 %
4.76 %
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:
Discount rate
5.19 %
4.76 %
5.01 %
The net actuarial loss and prior service credit that is expected to be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss and
into net periodic expense during the year ended December 31, 2026 is $0.2 million.
The following table presents the future estimated benefit payments for the next five years and thereafter as of December 31, 2025:
(In thousands)
As of December 31, 2025
2026
$
309
2027
285
2028
255
2029
210
2030
191
Thereafter
671
Total estimated future payments
1,921
401(k) Plans
The Company also offers two retirement savings plans which are qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code
("401(k) Plan"). Substantially all employees are eligible to participate, and participants can contribute up to 15% of their salary
subject to certain limitations. The Company does not make contributions to the 401(k) Plan and as such does not incur any direct
compensation expense related to the 401(k) Plan.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
123
Long Term Incentive Plans
Stock Options:
The Company granted stock options in previous years to employees and directors. As of December 31, 2020, all options had
vested and were exercisable at the option of the vested holders until the termination of each tranche after 10 years from the grant
date or earlier if the employee or director has changed their employment status. As of December 31, 2025, there are no
outstanding options. The Company does not currently have an active stock option plan that is available for issuing new options.
A summary of the status of the Company’s options as of December 31, 2025 is as follows:
Number of
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
Intrinsic
Value
(in thousands)
Outstanding, January 1, 2025
106,620 $
13.56
2.0 years
Granted
—
—
—
Forfeited/ Expired
(15,780)
11.00
—
Exercised
(90,840)
14.01
—
Outstanding, December 31, 2025
—
—
0 years
$
—
Vested and Exercisable, December 31, 2025
— $
—
0 years
$
—
As noted above, there was no compensation cost attributable to the options for the year ended December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024 as all options had been fully expensed as of December 31, 2020. The fair value of all awards outstanding as of
December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 was zero and $2.1 million, respectively. No cash was received for options exercised
in the years ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
The Company repurchased 47,384 shares and 128,530 shares for options exercised in the years ended December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024, respectively.
Time-Based Restricted Stock Units:
The Amalgamated Financial Corp. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”) provides for the grant of stock-based incentive
awards to employees and directors of the Company. The number of shares of common stock of the Company available for stock-
based awards in the Equity Plan is 1,300,000 of which 564,288 shares were available for issuance as of December 31, 2025.
Restricted stock units ("RSUs") represent an obligation to deliver shares to an employee or director at a future date if certain
vesting conditions are met. These awards are subject to a time-based vesting schedule and are settled in shares of the Company’s
common stock. These awards do not provide dividend equivalent rights from the date of grant and do not provide voting rights.
Unvested awards accrue dividends based on dividends paid on common shares, but those dividends are paid in cash upon
satisfaction of the specified vesting requirements on the underlying award.
A summary of the status of the Company’s time-based vesting RSUs as of December 31, 2025 is as follows:
Shares
Grant Date
Fair Value
Unvested, January 1, 2025
297,817
$
22.90
Awarded
182,481
32.90
Forfeited/Expired
(2,568)
26.85
Vested
(163,299)
22.78
Unvested and Expected to Vest, December 31, 2025
314,431
$
28.74
As of December 31, 2025, there was $10.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the non-vested RSUs. The
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
124
weighted average period to recognize unrecognized compensation is 1.2 years. The Company repurchased 49,807 shares and
18,335 shares for RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units:
Performance-based restricted stock units ("PRSUs") represent an obligation to deliver shares to an employee at a future date if
certain vesting conditions are met. These awards are subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions or the satisfaction of
market conditions, and are settled in shares of the Company’s common stock. These awards do not provide dividend equivalent
rights from the date of grant and do not provide voting rights. Unvested awards accrue dividends based on dividends paid on
common shares, but those dividends are paid in cash upon satisfaction of the specified vesting requirements on the underlying
award. PRSUs are granted at target shares. The minimum and maximum awards that are achievable are 0% and 150%,
respectively, of the target shares granted.
A summary of the status of the Company’s PRSUs as of December 31, 2025 is as follows:
Shares
Grant Date
Fair Value
Unvested, January 1, 2025
242,240
$
21.83
Performance Addition
25,418
8.84
Awarded
59,415
36.78
Forfeited/Expired
—
—
Vested
(76,245)
17.71
Unvested and Expected to Vest, December 31, 2025
250,828
$
26.20
As of December 31, 2025, the Company reserved an additional 125,414 shares for issuance upon vesting of PRSUs assuming the
Company achieves the maximum share payout.
As of December 31, 2025, there was $8.0 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the non-vested PRSUs. The
weighted average period to recognize unrecognized compensation is 1.3 years. The Company repurchased 27,942 shares and
45,301 shares for PRSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company awarded 25,418 additional shares related to the performance
achievement of corporate goals above target at a weighted average fair value of $8.84 per share. Included in these awards was
12,851 shares with a grant date fair market value of $17.48, and 12,567 shares that were based on market-conditions in which the
achievement of the goal did not result in additional expense to the Company. Compensation expense attributable to the vesting of
the performance shares was $0.2 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company granted 59,415 PRSUs at target achievement of the Company's
corporate goals at a weighted average fair value of $36.78 per share which vest subject to the achievement of the Company’s
corporate goals. The corporate goals are based on the achievement of a target increase in Tangible Book Value, adjusted for
certain factors, and the Company's relative total shareholder return compared to a group of peer banks.
Deferred Restricted Stock Units:
Under the BDSPP, the deferred bonus DSUs represent the employee's earned bonus which is 100% vested. The employer match
DSUs are subject to certain vesting conditions, including years of employment and retirement age. These awards accrue dividends
which are reinvested into additional shares of the Company stock and payable at separation. The DSUs do not provide voting
rights.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
125
A summary of the status of the Company’s DSUs as of December 31, 2025 is as follows:
Shares
Grant Date
Fair Value
Unvested, January 1, 2025
—
$
—
Deferred bonus
16,304
29.87
Employer match
16,304
29.87
Forfeited/Expired
—
—
Vested
(16,304)
29.87
Unvested and Expected to Vest, December 31, 2025
16,304
$
29.87
As of December 31, 2025, there was $0.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the non-vested DSUs. The
weighted average period to recognize unrecognized compensation is 0.9 years.
Compensation expense attributable to the employee RSUs, PRSUs, and DSUs was $6.0 million, $5.0 million, and $4.2 million for
the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively. Compensation expense attributable to director RSUs was $0.9
million, $0.5 million, and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, respectively, and is included in
"Other expense" on the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On April 28, 2021, the Company's stockholders approved the Amalgamated Financial Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
"ESPP") which was implemented on March 2, 2022. The aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be purchased and
issued under the ESPP will not exceed 500,000 of previously authorized shares. Under the terms of the ESPP, employees may
authorize the withholding of up to 15% of their eligible compensation to purchase the Company's shares of common stock, not to
exceed $25,000 of the fair market value of such common stock for any calendar year. The purchase price per shares acquired
under the ESPP will never be less than 85% of the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the last day of the
offering period. The Company's Board of Directors in its discretion may terminate the ESPP at any time with respect to any shares
for which options have not been granted.
The Compensation and Human Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") has the right to amend the
ESPP without the approval of our stockholders; provided, that no such change may impair the rights of a participant with respect
to any outstanding offering period without the consent of such participant, other than a change determined by the Committee to be
necessary to comply with applicable law. A participant may not dispose of shares acquired under the ESPP until six months
following the grant date of such shares, or any earlier date as of which the Committee has determined that the participant would
qualify for a hardship distribution from the Company’s 401(k) Plan. Accordingly, the fair value award associated with their
discounted purchase price is expensed at the time of purchase. The Company started with 500,000 shares available for purchase at
plan inception in 2022. As of December 31, 2025, the Company has 372,382 shares of remaining shares available for the purchase
under ESPP. The expense related to the discount on purchased shares for the year ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024
and December 31, 2023 was $101.7 thousand, $93.4 thousand and $120.5 thousand, respectively, and is recorded within
compensation and employee benefits expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
126
13. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. Assumptions are developed based on prioritizing information within a fair
value hierarchy that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest priority to unobservable data. A
description of the disclosure hierarchy and the types of financial instruments recorded at fair value that management believes
would generally qualify for each category are as follows:
Level 1 - Valuations are based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Accordingly, valuation
of these assets and liabilities does not entail a significant degree of judgment. Examples include most U.S. Government
securities and exchange-traded equity securities.
Level 2 - Valuations are based on either quoted prices in markets that are not considered to be active or significant inputs
to the methodology that are observable, either directly or indirectly. Financial instruments in this level would generally
include mortgage-related securities and other debt issued by GSEs, non-GSE mortgage-related securities, corporate debt,
certain redeemable fund investments and certain trust preferred securities.
Level 3 - Valuations are based on inputs to the methodology that are unobservable and significant to the fair value
measurement. These inputs reflect management’s own judgments about the assumptions that market participants would
use in pricing the assets and liabilities.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Available for sale securities
The Company’s available for sale securities are reported at fair value. Investments in fixed income securities are generally valued
based on evaluations provided by an independent pricing service. These evaluations represent an exit price or their opinion as to
what a buyer would pay for a security, typically in an institutional round lot position, in a current sale. The pricing service utilizes
evaluated pricing techniques that vary by asset class and incorporate available market information and, because many fixed
income securities do not trade on a daily basis, applies available information through processes such as benchmark curves,
benchmarking of available securities, sector groupings and matrix pricing. Model processes, such as option adjusted spread
models, are used to value securities that have prepayment features. In those limited cases where pricing service evaluations are not
available for a fixed income security, such as PACE assessments, management will typically value those instruments using
observable market inputs in a discounted cash flow analysis.
Derivatives
Derivatives represent interest rate option contracts and interest rate swaps and estimated fair values are based on valuation models
using observable market data as of the measurement date.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
127
The following summarizes those financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis in the Consolidated Statements
of Financial Condition as of the dates indicated, categorized by the relevant class of investment and level of the fair value
hierarchy:
December 31, 2025
(In thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Financial Assets:
Available for sale securities:
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates & CMOs
$
— $
567,070 $
— $
567,070
Non-GSE certificates & CMOs
—
273,232
—
273,232
ABS
—
629,168
—
629,168
Corporate
—
95,504
—
95,504
Other
8,048
7,027
—
15,075
PACE assessments:
Residential PACE assessments
—
—
203,502
203,502
Other assets - Cash flow hedges
—
1,754
—
1,754
Total assets carried at fair value
$
8,048 $
1,573,755 $
203,502 $
1,785,305
December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Financial Assets:
Available for sale securities:
Traditional securities:
GSE certificates & CMOs
$
— $
508,158 $
— $
508,158
Non-GSE certificates & CMOs
—
214,175
—
214,175
ABS
—
652,334
—
652,334
Corporate
—
98,315
—
98,315
Other
200
3,865
—
4,065
PACE assessments:
Residential PACE assessments
—
—
152,011
152,011
Other assets - Cash flow hedges
—
2,168
—
2,168
Total assets carried at fair value
$
200 $
1,479,015 $
152,011 $
1,631,226
During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, there were no transfers of financial instruments between Level 1 and Level
2.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
128
The table below presents a reconciliation of all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable
inputs (Level 3) for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024:
Residential PACE Assessments
2025
2024
(In thousands)
Balance of recurring Level 3 assets at January 1
$
152,011 $
53,303
Amortization included in interest income in net income
(687)
(157)
Change in unrealized holding gains/losses included in
other comprehensive income
1,672
1,387
Purchases
69,180
111,670
Sales
—
(6,284)
Principal paydowns
(18,674)
(7,908)
Balance of recurring Level 3 assets at December 31
$
203,502 $
152,011
The fair value of the Company's PACE assessments are determined internally by calculating discounted cash flows using
expected conditional prepayment rates, market spreads, and the Treasury yield curve. Qualitative assessments from recent
commentary from dealers or investors or issuers, information revealed from secondary market trades of clean energy senior asset-
backed securities, and volatility in the marketplace are reviewed and incorporated into the calculations.
The following table presents quantitative information about recurring Level 3 fair value measurements at December 31, 2025:
December 31, 2025
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Input
Range (Weighted Average)
(In thousands)
Residential PACE
assessments
$
203,502
Discounted cash flow
Conditional prepayment rate
7.0% - 26.0% (20.2%)
December 31, 2024
Fair Value
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Input
Range (Weighted Average)
(In thousands)
Residential PACE
assessments
$
152,011
Discounted cash flow
Conditional prepayment rate
7.0% - 25.0% (18.9%)
The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Company's residential PACE assessments is
conditional prepayment rate. Significant increases/(decreases) in this input in isolation would have results in a modestly higher/
(lower) fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs were weighted by the relative fair value of the instruments.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
129
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis
Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. That is, they are subject to fair value adjustments in
certain circumstances.
Collateral-dependent loans
Fair values for individually analyzed collateral-dependent loans are based on the fair value of the collateral based on an appraised
values, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, aging reports, or by reference to market activity, adjusted or
discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation and
management’s expertise and knowledge of the borrower and its business.
December 31, 2025
(In thousands)
Carrying
Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Estimated
Fair Value
Valuation
Technique
Individually analyzed loans
$
9,253 $
— $
— $
9,253 $
9,253
Appraisals of
Collateral (1)
December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
Carrying
Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Estimated
Fair Value
Valuation
Technique
Individually analyzed loans
$
1,052 $
— $
— $
1,052 $
1,052
Appraisals of
Collateral (1)
(1) Appraisals of collateral are obtained from independent appraisers which includes unobservable inputs such as adjustments such
as capitalization rates, vacancy rates, and other assumptions. Appraisals are adjusted for estimated costs to sell of 10%.
Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value
A description of the methods, factors and significant assumptions utilized in estimating the fair values for significant categories of
financial instruments not measured at fair value follows:
Held-to-maturity securities – Investments in fixed income securities are generally valued based on evaluations provided by an
independent pricing service. These evaluations represent an exit price or their opinion as to what a buyer would pay for a security,
typically in an institutional round lot position, in a current sale. The pricing service utilizes evaluated pricing techniques that vary
by asset class and incorporate available market information and, because many fixed income securities do not trade on a daily
basis, applies available information through processes such as benchmark curves, benchmarking of available securities, sector
groupings and matrix pricing. Model processes, such as option adjusted spread models, are used to value securities that have
prepayment features. In those limited cases where pricing service evaluations are not available for a fixed income security, such as
PACE assessments, management will typically value those instruments using observable market inputs in a discounted cash flow
analysis. Held-to-maturity securities, with the exception of PACE securities which are categorized as Level 3, are generally
categorized as Level 2.
Loans held for sale – Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or fair value. The fair value of loans held for sale is
determined using the price we expect to receive for the loans based on commitments received from third party investors. Loans
held on our balance sheet greater than 90 days are evaluated to determine if a valuation allowance is required to adjust for a
decline in fair value below the carrying amount, and then subject to quarterly evaluation going forward. Loans held for sale are
generally categorized as Level 3.
Loans receivable – Loans are valued using a present value technique that incorporates management’s assumptions as to what a
market participant would assume given the attributes of the loans. The observable U.S. Treasury yield curve is a significant input
to the valuation. Assumptions, including prepayment speeds and credit spreads, are based on observable market data where
possible or alternatively are based on terms currently offered on loans to borrowers of similar credit quality. The methods used to
estimate the fair value of loans are extremely sensitive to the assumptions and estimates used. While management has attempted
to use assumptions and estimates that best reflect the Company’s loan portfolio and current market conditions, a greater degree of
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
130
subjectivity is inherent in these values than in those determined in active markets. Loans would generally be categorized as Level
3.
Resell agreements – Resell agreements are carried at fair value, as these are short term agreements. All existing trades are done at
the current rate for new trades, so there is no market value adjustment. The agreements are generally categorized as Level 3, as we
have limited market information.
Deposits – Deposits without a defined maturity date are valued at the amount payable on demand, and are categorized as Level 2.
Certificates of deposit, which are categorized as Level 2, are valued using a present value technique that incorporates current rates
offered by the Company for certificates of comparable remaining maturity.
FHLBNY Advances – FHLBNY advances are valued using a present value technique that incorporates current rates offered by
the FHLBNY for advances of comparable remaining maturity. FHLBNY advances are categorized as Level 2.
Subordinated debt – Bank issued subordinated debt is valued based on recent trades for similar issues and or values provided by
firms that transact in our bonds. Subordinated debt is categorized as Level 2.
Other – The Company holds or issues other financial instruments for which management considers the carrying value to
approximate fair value. Such items include cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest receivable and payable. Many of these
items are short term in nature with minimal risk characteristics.
For those financial instruments that are not recorded at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition, but are
measured at fair value for disclosure purposes, management follows the same fair value measurement principles and guidance as
for instruments recorded at fair value.
There are significant limitations in estimating the fair value of financial instruments for which an active market does not exist.
Due to the degree of management judgment that is often required, such estimates tend to be subjective, sensitive to changes in
assumptions and imprecise. Such estimates are made as of a point in time and are impacted by then-current observable market
conditions; also such estimates do not give consideration to transaction costs or tax effects if estimated unrealized gains or losses
were to become realized in the future. Because of inherent uncertainties of valuation, the estimated fair value may differ
significantly from the value that would have been used had a ready market for the investment existed and the difference could be
material. Lastly, consideration is not given to nonfinancial instruments, including various intangible assets, which could represent
substantial value. Fair value estimates are not necessarily representative of the Company’s total enterprise value.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
131
The following table summarizes the financial statement basis and estimated fair values for significant categories of financial
instruments:
December 31, 2025
Carrying
Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Estimated
Fair Value
(In thousands)
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
291,217 $
291,217 $
— $
— $
291,217
Held-to-maturity securities
1,554,015
—
449,414
990,558
1,439,972
Loans held for sale
2,814
—
—
2,814
2,814
Loans receivable, net
4,899,687
—
—
4,742,463
4,742,463
Resell agreements
48,662
—
—
48,662
48,662
Accrued interest receivable
65,128
124
11,912
53,092
65,128
Financial liabilities:
Deposits payable on demand
$ 7,746,044 $
— $ 7,746,044 $
— $ 7,746,044
Time deposits
203,197
—
203,170
—
203,170
FHLBNY advances
5,760
—
5,666
—
5,666
Subordinated debt, net
63,787
—
61,013
—
61,013
Accrued interest payable
2,407
—
2,407
—
2,407
December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
Carrying
Value
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Estimated
Fair Value
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
60,749 $
60,749 $
— $
— $
60,749
Held-to-maturity securities
1,586,205
—
499,564
933,156
1,432,720
Loans held for sale
37,593
—
—
37,593
37,593
Loans receivable, net
4,612,838
—
—
4,352,266
4,352,266
Resell agreements
23,741
—
—
23,741
23,741
Accrued interest receivable
61,172
44
11,781
49,347
61,172
Financial liabilities:
Deposits payable on demand
6,941,390
—
6,941,390
—
6,941,390
Time deposits and CDs
239,215
—
238,788
—
238,788
FHLBNY advances
250,706
—
250,709
—
250,709
Subordinated debt, net
63,703
—
57,651
—
57,651
Accrued interest payable
2,356
—
2,356
—
2,356
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
132
14. DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The Company
principally manages its exposures to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core business
activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate, liquidity, and credit risk primarily by managing the
amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the
Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the
receipt of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates. The Company’s
derivative financial instruments are used to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of the Company’s known or
expected cash receipts.
The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to manage its exposure to interest rate movements and to add
stability to net interest income. To accomplish this objective, the Company has entered into interest rate cash flow hedges as part
of its interest rate risk management strategy. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had five interest rate option contracts with a
floor with notional value of $465.0 million, hedging floating-rate available for sale securities.
Effect of Derivatives on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
All cash flow hedges are recorded gross on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.
The tables below present the outstanding notional balances and the fair value of the Company’s derivative assets as of
December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
Notional
Amount
Fair Value
(Other Assets)
Notional
Amount
Fair Value
(Other Assets)
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Cash flow hedges - interest rate products
$
465,000 $
1,754
$
265,000 $
2,168
Effect of Cash Flow Hedge Accounting on the Consolidated Statements of Operations
The table below presents the effect of the Company’s derivative financial instruments on the consolidated statements of
operations as of December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023:
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
(In thousands)
Interest
Income
Interest
Expense
Interest
Income
Interest
Expense
Interest
Income
Interest
Expense
Gain or (loss) on cash flow hedging relationships:
Gain (loss) reclassified from accumulated OCI into
income
$
14 $
— $
(130) $
— $
— $
—
Cash Flow Hedges
Cash flow hedges involve the receipt of fixed amounts from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making variable-rate
payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. The Company uses these types of
derivatives to hedge the variable cash flows associated with existing or forecasted variable-rate securities.
For derivatives designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges of interest rate risk, the gain or loss on the derivative is recorded
in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently reclassified into interest income in the same periods during
which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive income related to
derivatives will be reclassified to interest income as interest payments are received on the Company’s variable-rate securities.
During the next twelve months, the Company estimates that an additional $130.7 thousand will be reclassified as a reduction in
interest income.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
133
The Company did not terminate any derivatives during the year ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. There were no
derivatives during the year ended December 31, 2023.
The table below presents the effect of the cash flow hedge accounting on accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the
periods indicated:
Year Ended December 31,
(In thousands)
2025
2024
2023
Gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income (loss)
$
(255) $
514 $
—
Gain (loss) reclassified from other comprehensive income into interest
income
14
(130)
—
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
134
15. COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND OFF BALANCE SHEET RISK
Credit Commitments
The Company is party to various credit related financial instruments with off balance sheet risk. The Company, in the normal
course of business, issues such financial instruments in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial
instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees,
elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition.
The following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk as of the related periods:
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
Commitments to extend credit $
454,287 $
442,761
Standby letters of credit
29,585
29,715
Total
$
483,872 $
472,476
Included in the above table are extensions of credit to related parties and affiliates. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had
$70.0 million of lines of credit and $0.3 million of standby letters of credit. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $70.0
million of lines of credit and $0.3 million of standby letters of credit.
Commitments to extend credit are contracts to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in
the contract. These commitments have fixed expiration dates and other termination clauses and generally require the payment of
nonrefundable fees. Since a portion of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the contractual
principal amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk is
represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. These instruments represent ultimate exposure to credit risk only to
the extent they are subsequently drawn upon by customers.
Standby letters of credit are conditional lending commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the financial performance of a
customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing standby letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in
extending loan facilities to customers. The balance sheet carrying value of standby letters of credit approximates any
nonrefundable fees received but not yet recorded as income. The Company considers this carrying value, which is not material, to
approximate the estimated fair value of these financial instruments.
The Company reserves for the credit risk inherent in off balance sheet credit commitments. Upon adoption of ASU 2016-13 on
January 1, 2023, the Day 1 adjustment to allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures was $2.7 million. This
allowance, which is included in other liabilities, amounted to approximately $2.8 million as of December 31, 2025, compared to a
reserve of $4.1 million as of December 31, 2024. The provision for credit losses related to off balance sheet credit commitments
was a recovery of $1.4 million, $50.0 thousand and $61.1 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024
and 2023, respectively.
Investment Obligations
The Company is a party to agreements with Pace Funding Group LLC and Allectrify PBC for the purchase of PACE assessment
securities, with commitments extending through December 2026 and June 2028, respectively. As of December 31, 2025, the
estimated remaining commitments to Pace Funding Group LLC and Allectrify PBC under these agreements were $139.5 million
and $100.0 million, respectively. The PACE assessments have equal-lien priority with property taxes and generally rank senior to
first lien mortgages. These investments are currently held in the Company's available for sale and held-to-maturity investment
portfolios. The Company evaluates these obligations for credit risk and the recorded reserve is recorded in other liabilities.
During the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company funded $2.4 million to Greenskies Clean Energy LLC as a solar tax equity
investment. As part of this investment agreement, the Company committed to additional fundings of $5.6 million which is
recognized as a liability on the balance sheet given this future event is unconditional and legally binding.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
135
Other Commitments and Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, there are various legal proceedings pending against the Company. Based on the opinion of
counsel, management believes that the aggregate liabilities, if any, arising from such actions would not have a material adverse
effect on the consolidated financial position or results of operations of the Company.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
136
16. LEASES
The Company as a lessee has operating leases primarily consisting of real estate arrangements where the Company operates its
headquarters, branches and business production offices. All leases identified as in scope are accounted for as operating leases as
of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. These leases are typically long-term leases and generally are not complicated
arrangements or structures. Several of the leases contain renewal options at a rate comparable to the fair market value based on
comparable analysis to similar properties in the Company’s geographies.
Real estate operating leases are presented as a right-of-use asset and a related operating lease liability on the Consolidated
Statements of Financial Condition. The ROU asset represents the Company’s right to use the underlying asset for the lease term
and the operating lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. The Company applied its
incremental borrowing rate as the discount rate to the remaining lease payments to derive a present value calculation for initial
measurement of the operating lease liability. The IBR reflects the interest rate the Company would have to pay to borrow on a
collateralized basis over a similar term for an amount equal to the lease payments. Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line
basis over the lease term.
During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company entered into a fifteen-year lease agreement, following a sixteen-month
base rent abatement period, for the Company's headquarters. The base rent amount for the premises commences at $6.2 million
per annum and is escalated by approximately 9% on the fifth anniversary of rent commencement and by an additional
approximately 8% on the tenth anniversary of rent commencement. The lease is not set to commence until the Company moves to
the new premises in 2026.
As of December 31, 2025, the ROU lease asset is $9.6 million and operating lease liability is $12.3 million. As of December 31,
2024, the ROU lease asset was $14.2 million and operating lease liability was $19.7 million.
The following table summarizes our lease cost and other operating lease information:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Operating lease cost
$
8,132
$
7,376
$
7,219
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating leases liability
10,873
12,257
11,294
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities
2,873
560
—
The lease expiration dates ranged from 0.2 to 5.3 years for December 31, 2025 and from 0 to 3 years for December 31, 2024.
The weighted average remaining lease term on operating leases at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 was 2.0 years and
2.2 years, respectively.
The weighted average discount rate used for the operating lease liability was 3.45% and 3.15% at December 31, 2025 and
December 31, 2024, respectively.
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
137
The following table presents the remaining commitments for operating lease payments for the next five years and thereafter, as
well as a reconciliation to the discounted operating leases liability recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
as of December 31, 2025:
(In thousands)
As of December 31, 2025
2026
$
9,263
2027
1,341
2028
610
2029
627
2030
645
Thereafter
258
Total undiscounted operating lease payments
12,744
Less: present value adjustment
489
Total Operating leases liability
$
12,255
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
138
17. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
In accordance with GAAP, the Company performs an annual test as of June 30 to identify potential impairment of goodwill, or
more frequently if events or circumstances indicate a potential impairment may exist. If the carrying amount of the Company, as a
sole reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess
up to the amount of the recorded goodwill.
The Company performed its annual test based upon market data as of June 30, 2025 and estimates and assumptions that the
Company believes most appropriate for the analysis. Based on the qualitative analysis performed in accordance with ASC 350,
the Company determined it more likely than not that goodwill was not impaired as of June 30, 2025. Changes in certain
assumptions used in the Company's assessment could result in significant differences in the results of the impairment test. Should
market conditions or management’s assumptions change significantly in the future, an impairment to goodwill is possible.
At December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the carrying amount of goodwill was $12.9 million.
The gross carrying amount of the core deposit intangible was $9.1 million, and the accumulated amortization of the core deposit
intangible was $8.2 million and $7.6 million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. At December 31,
2025 and December 31, 2024, the carrying amount of the core deposit intangible was $0.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
Amortization expense recognized on the core deposit intangible was $574.0 thousand, $730.2 thousand and $887.7 thousand for
the year ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
Intangible Assets
The following table reflects the estimated amortization expense, comprised entirely by the Company’s core deposit intangible
asset, for the next five years and thereafter:
(In thousands)
Total
2026
$
419
2027
265
2028
111
2029
33
2030
28
Thereafter
57
Total
$
913
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
139
18. VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
Tax Credit Investments
The Company makes investments in unconsolidated entities that construct, own and operate solar generation facilities. An
unrelated third party is the managing member and has control over the significant activities of the variable interest entities
("VIE"). The Company generates a return through the receipt of tax credits allocated to the projects, as well as operational
distributions. The primary risk of loss is generally mitigated by policies requiring that the project qualify for the expected tax
credits prior to the Company making its investment. Any loans to the VIE are secured. As of December 31, 2025, the Company's
maximum exposure to loss is $49.5 million.
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2024
(In thousands)
Unconsolidated Variable Interest Entities
Tax credit investments included in equity investments
$
4,479 $
4,732
Loan commitments
45,012
49,744
Funded portion of loan commitments
44,525
49,744
For additional disclosures related to commitments for investment obligations related to tax credit investments, see Note 15.
The following table summarizes the tax benefits conveyed by the Company’s solar generation VIE investments:
Year Ended
December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(In thousands)
Tax credits and other tax benefits recognized in equity
method investments income (1)
$
285
$
3,441
$
1,660
Tax credits and other tax benefits recognized in income tax
expense (2)
6,693
—
—
Investment amortization recognized in income tax expense(2)
5,242
—
—
(1) Related to equity investments that do not qualify for PAM
(2) Related to equity investments that do qualify for PAM
The following table shows the cash flows related to the total income tax benefits presented in the line items in the Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows for investments accounted for using the PAM:
Year Ended
December 31,
2025
(In thousands)
Net Income
$
1,451
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
(5,242)
Increase in other assets
6,693
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
140
19. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Condensed financial information of Amalgamated Financial Corp. follows:
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2024
(in thousands)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
$
42,998
$
49,688
Investment securities
3,000
—
Investment in banking subsidiary
812,710
721,911
Other assets
595
449
Total assets
$
859,303
$
772,048
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Subordinated debt
$
63,787
$
63,703
Accrued expense and other liabilities
1,052
691
Stockholders' equity
794,464
707,654
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
859,303
$
772,048
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in thousands)
Interest income
$
73
$
— $
—
Dividends from subsidiaries
50,000
40,000
60,000
Other income
—
1,076
1,417
Equity in undistributed subsidiary income
57,332
68,628
30,170
Interest expense
2,174
2,370
2,719
Other expense
1,827
1,702
1,669
Income before tax expense
103,404
105,632
87,199
Income tax benefit
(1,043)
(802)
(779)
Net income
$
104,447
$
106,434 $
87,978
Comprehensive income
$
130,996
$
133,801 $
110,681
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
141
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
(in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income
$
104,447 $
106,434 $
87,978
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
activities:
Equity in undistributed subsidiary income
(57,332)
(68,628)
(30,170)
Net gain on repurchase of subordinated debt
—
(1,076)
(1,417)
Net amortization on subordinated debt issuance cost
101
158
302
Change in other assets
(359)
27
(755)
Change in other liabilities
344
85
(4,286)
Net cash provided by operating activities
47,201
37,000
51,652
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of securities held-to-maturity
(3,000)
—
—
Net cash used by investing activities
(3,000)
—
—
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Dividends paid on common stock
(17,203)
(14,234)
(12,333)
Repurchase of common stock
(35,075)
(3,359)
(9,543)
Repurchase of subordinated debt
—
(5,925)
(6,047)
Common stock issued under Equity Programs
1,387
789
804
Net cash used by financing activities
(50,891)
(22,729)
(27,119)
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
(6,690)
14,271
24,533
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
49,688
35,417
10,884
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
42,998 $
49,688 $
35,417
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
142
20. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company's reportable segment is determined by the Chief Executive Officer, who is the designated chief operating decision
maker, based upon information provided about the Company's products and services offered, primarily banking operations.
Substantially all of our operations occur through the Bank and involve the delivery of loan and deposit products to customers.
Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of its banking operation, which
constitutes our only operating segment for financial reporting purposes. We do not consider our trust and investment management
business as a separate segment. The accounting policies of the Company's segment are the same as those described in the Note 1
“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
143
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Stockholders and the Board of Directors of
Amalgamated Financial Corp.
New York, New York
Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Amalgamated Financial Corp. (the
"Company") as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income
(loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31,
2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). We also have audited the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control –
Integrated Framework: (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(“COSO”).
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Company as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in
the three-year period ended December 31, 2025 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework:
(2013) issued by COSO.
Basis for Opinions
The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the
accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the Company’s financial statements and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting
based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained
in all material respects.
Our audits of the financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the
financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such
procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.
Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures
as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinions.
144
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may
deteriorate.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements
that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex
judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial
statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate
opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Allowance for Credit Losses for Loans – Conceptual Design and Qualitative Factors
As described in Notes 1 and 5 to the financial statements, the Company estimates expected credit losses for its financial
assets carried at amortized cost utilizing the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) methodology. During the year ended
December 31, 2025, the Company enhanced its allowance for credit losses calculation for loans ("ACL"), which included a
change in the ACL software vendor, the development of certain new ACL assumptions, and updates to existing ACL
assumptions.
Management estimates the allowance for credit losses on each loan pool using relevant available information, from
internal and external sources, relating to past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts.
The ACL model, for portfolios other than the consumer solar loan portfolio segment, calculates the quantitative component
of the ACL using a discounted cash flow methodology that utilizes a peer group by segment to develop periodic default
rates, and statistical regression is utilized to relate historical macro-economic variables to historical credit loss experience
of that peer group of banks. Forecasted economic conditions are then utilized to determine future expected credit losses
based on expected future behavior of the same macro-economic variables. Expected credit losses are estimated over the
contractual term of the loans, adjusted for forecasted prepayments when appropriate. The ACL model for the consumer
solar loan portfolio calculates the quantitative component of the ACL using a weighted average remaining maturity model
that utilizes the Company’s historical loss rates and forecasts those losses over the weighted average remaining maturity
of the portfolio.
Adjustments to the quantitative results are made using qualitative factors. These factors include: (1) borrower's financial
condition; (2) borrower's ability to pay; (3) nature and volume of financial assets; (4) value of the underlying collateral; (5)
lending policies and procedures; (6) quality of the loan review system; (7) the experience, ability, and depth of staff; (8)
regulatory and legal environment; (9) changes in market conditions; and (10) changes in economic conditions. A
significant amount of management judgment is required to assess the reasonableness of the qualitative factors.
We identified the auditing of the conceptual soundness in the design of the new discounted cash flow ACL model,
including the evaluation of key management judgments, and the qualitative factor determinations related to the allowance
145
for credit losses for loans as a critical audit matter. A significant amount of auditor judgment was required to evaluate the
reasonableness of management’s judgments related to the development of the discounted cash flow quantitative model,
including the selection of the macroeconomic variables and the translation of peer loss data within the regression
modeling. In addition, significant auditor judgment was required to assess the reasonableness of the qualitative factors
applied to the quantitative modeling results.
The primary procedures we performed to address the critical audit matter included:
•
Testing the effectiveness of controls over the evaluation of the conceptual design of the new discounted cash flow
ACL model and the evaluation of the qualitative factors, including controls addressing:
◦
Management’s judgments in the design of the new discounted cash flow ACL model, including the
selection of the macroeconomic variables and the translation of peer loss data within the regression
modeling.
◦
Management’s review of the results of the third-party model validation.
◦
Management’s reconciliation and testing of loan data inputs into the model.
◦
Management’s review and approval of the qualitative factors.
•
Substantively testing management’s process related to the conceptual design of the new discounted cash flow
ACL model and determination of qualitative factors, which included:
◦
Evaluation, with the assistance of internal specialists, of the reasonableness of management’s judgments
related to the conceptual design of the new discounted cash flow ACL model, including the selection of
the macroeconomic variables and the translation of peer loss data within the regression modeling.
◦
Evaluation of the relevance and reliability of data utilized in the model, including reconciliation and testing
of loan data inputs.
◦
Evaluation of the reasonableness of management’s judgments related to qualitative factors to determine if
they are calculated to conform with management’s policies.
Crowe LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.
Livingston, New Jersey
March 5, 2026
146
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), with the
participation of other members of management, have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such
evaluations, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and
procedures were effective (at the reasonable assurance level) to ensure that the information required to be included in this report has
been recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and to ensure that
the information required to be included in this report was accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2025 that have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule
13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of our financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of
changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on such
assessment our management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, our internal control over financial reporting was effective
based on those criteria.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the financial statements that are included in this annual
report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The attestation report
of Crowe LLP appears on page 144.
Item 9B. Other Information.
Not applicable.
Item 9C. Disclosures Regarding Foreign Jurisdiction that Prevent Inspections
Not applicable.
147
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
The information required to be disclosed by this item will be disclosed in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2025 and in connection with our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
following captions, which sections are incorporated herein by reference:
•
“Proposal 1—“Election of Directors” under the subsection titled “Biographical Information” and “Biographical Information
for Our Executive Officers”;
•
“Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility” under the subsections titled “Other Relationships,” “Code of Business
Conduct and Ethics,” “Nominations of Directors,” and “Audit Committee”;
•
“Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports”; and
•
“Insider Trading Policy.”
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required to be disclosed by this item will be disclosed in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2025 and in connection with our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
following captions, which sections are incorporated herein by reference:
•
“Director Compensation”;
•
“Compensation Discussion and Analysis”;
•
“Compensation Committee Report”;
•
“Executive Compensation”; and
•
“Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility” under the subsections titled “Compensation Committee Interlocks and
Insider Participation.”
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required to be disclosed by this item will be disclosed in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2025 and in connection with our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
following captions, which sections are incorporated herein by reference:
•
“Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”; and
•
“Equity Compensation Plan Information”
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required to be disclosed by this item will be disclosed in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2025 and in connection with our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
following captions, which sections are incorporated herein by reference:
•
“Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”; and
•
“Corporate Governance and Social Responsibility” under the subsection titled “Director Independence.”
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.
The information required to be disclosed by this item will be disclosed in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with
the SEC no later than 120 days after December 31, 2025 and in connection with our 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” under the subsections titled “Audit and
Related Fees” and “Pre-Approval Policy,” which sections are incorporated herein by reference.
148
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
A list of financial statements filed herewith is contained in Part II, Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” above of
this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated by reference herein. The financial statement schedules have been omitted
because they are not required, not applicable or the information has been included in our consolidated financial statements. The
exhibits required by this Item are contained in the Exhibit Index on page 150 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and are
incorporated herein by reference.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
None.
149
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.
Description of Exhibit
3.1
Certificate of Incorporation of Amalgamated Financial Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
3.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 1,
2021).
3.2
Bylaws of Amalgamated Financial Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amalgamated
Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 8, 2024).
4.1
Specimen stock certificate of Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s common stock (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF
filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).
4.2
Investor Rights Agreement by and between Amalgamated Bank and the Workers United Related
Parties (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration
Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).
4.3
Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 11, 2012, by and among Amalgamated Bank and the
Various Stockholders Party Thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amalgamated
Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8,
2020).
4.4
The registrant agrees to provide the SEC, upon request, copies of instruments defining the rights of
holders of long-term debt of the registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries; currently no issuance
of debt of the registrant exceeds 10% of the assets of the registrant and its subsidiaries on a
consolidated basis.
4.5
Description of Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to Amalgamated
Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020).
4.6
Subordinated Indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021, by and between the Company and U.S.
Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Amalgamated
Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 8, 2021).
4.7
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 8, 2021, by and between the Company and
U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, with respect to the 3.250% Fixed-to-Floating Rate
Subordinated Notes Due 2031 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Amalgamated Financial
Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 8, 2021).
4.8
Form of 3.250% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2031 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.2 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
November 8, 2021)
10.1
Change in Control Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amalgamated Financial
Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).*
10.2
Collective Bargaining Agreement with OPEIU, Local 153, AFL-CIO, dated November 29, 2024
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 5, 2024).*
10.3
Independent Office Agreement with Local 32BJ SEIU (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to
Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on
September 8, 2020).*
10.4
Consolidated Retirement Plan, as amended and restated on January 1, 2015 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF
filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).*
10.5
Amalgamated Bank Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to
Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on
September 8, 2020).*
10.6
Amalgamated Financial Corp. Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to
Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31,
2021).*
10.7
Amalgamated Bank 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to
Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on
September 8, 2020).*
150
10.8
Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units to be made under the Amalgamated Bank
2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to Amalgamated Financial
Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).*
10.9
Form of Award Agreement for Performance Units to be made under the Amalgamated Bank 2019
Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to Amalgamated Financial
Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8, 2020).*
10.10
Form of Revised Award Agreement for Performance Units to be made under the Amalgamated
Bank 2019 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to Amalgamated
Financial Corp.’s Registration Statement on Form S-4EF filed with the SEC on September 8,
2020).*
10.11
Amalgamated Financial Corp. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.3 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4
Registration Statement filed with the SEC on March 10, 2021).*
10.12
Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units to be made under the Amalgamated
Financial Corp. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to
Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4
Registration Statement filed with the SEC on March 10, 2021).*
10.13
Form of Award Agreement for Performance Units to be made under the Amalgamated Financial
Corp. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Amalgamated
Financial Corp.’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 on Form S-8 to Form S-4 Registration
Statement filed with the SEC on March 10, 2021).*
10.14
Form of Retention Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Amalgamated Bank 2019
Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Amalgamated Financial
Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020).
10.15
Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units to Chief Executive Officer to be made under
the Amalgamated Financial Corp. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May
11, 2021).*
10.16
Amalgamated Financial Corp. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May
30, 2023.*
10.17
Form of Award Agreement for Restricted Stock Units to be made under the Amalgamated
Financial Corp. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan.*
10.18
Form of Award Agreement for Performance Units to be made under the Amalgamated Financial
Corp. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan for Executive Officers.****
10.19
Form of Award Agreement for Performance Units to be made under the Amalgamated Financial
Corp. 2023 Equity Incentive Plan for Chief Executive Officer.****
10.20
Employment Agreement, dated August 24, 2022, between Amalgamated Financial Corp. and Jason
Darby (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2022).*
10.21
Employment Agreement, dated August 24, 2022, between Amalgamated Financial Corp. and Sam
Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2022)*
10.22
Employment Agreement, dated August 24, 2022, between Amalgamated Financial Corp. and
Mandy Tenner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2022)*
10.23
Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 2025, between Amalgamated Financial Corp. and Tyrone
Graham****
10.24
Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 2025, between Amalgamated Financial Corp. and Margaret
Lanning****
10.25
Employment Agreement, dated February 19, 2025, between Amalgamated Financial Corp. and
Edgar Romney Jr.****
10.26
Severance Policy for Employees Not Covered by a Collective Bargaining Agreement, Effective
July 26, 2023 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 1, 2022)*
151
10.27
Amended & Restated Employment Agreement, dated February 24, 2025, by and among
Amalgamated Financial Corp., Amalgamated Bank, and Sean Searby (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on
February 27, 2025)*
10.28
Amalgamated Financial Corp. Bonus Deferral and Deferred Stock Unit Program (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with
the SEC on March 25, 2025)*
10.29
Form of Deferred Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March
25, 2025)*
10.30
Form of Deferred Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement – Matching Grant (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with
the SEC on March 25, 2025)*
10.31
Amended & Restated Employment Agreement, dated March 25, 2025, by and among
Amalgamated Financial Corp., Amalgamated Bank, and Priscilla Sims Brown (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with
the SEC on March 25, 2025)*
10.32
Lease Agreement, dated April 4, 2025, by and among Amalgamated Bank, and 99 Park Avenue
Associate, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 8, 2025)
19.1
Insider Trading Policy**
21.1
Subsidiaries of Amalgamated Financial Corp.**
23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm—Crowe LLP.**
24.1
Power of Attorney (included on signature page)**
31.1
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Executive Officer**
31.2
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of the Chief Financial Officer**
32.1
Section 1350 Certifications***
97.1
Amalgamated Financial Corp. Incentive Compensation Recovery Policy (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 97.1 to Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC
on March 7, 2024)*
101
The following financial statements from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Amalgamated
Financial Corp., formatted in iXBRL (Inline eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i)
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, (ii)
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, (iii)
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024,
and 2023, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended
December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years
ended December 31, 2025, 2024, and 2023 and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
104
The cover page of Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s Form 10-K Report for the year ended
December 31, 2025, formatted in iXBRL (included with the Exhibit 101 attachments).**
* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**
Filed herewith.
***
Furnished herewith.
****
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed herewith.
152
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
AMALGAMATED FINANCIAL CORP.
March 5, 2026
By: /s/ Priscilla Sims Brown
Priscilla Sims Brown
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and
appoints each of Priscilla Sims Brown, Jason Darby, and Mandy Tenner his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with
full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to
sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
153
Signature
Title
Date
/s/ Lynne P. Fox
Director and Chair of the Board
March 5, 2026
Lynne P. Fox
/s/ Priscilla Sims Brown
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
March 5, 2026
Priscilla Sims Brown
/s/ Jason Darby
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
March 5, 2026
Jason Darby
/s/ Leslie Veluswamy
Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
March 5, 2026
Leslie Veluswamy
/s/ Maryann Bruce
Director
March 5, 2026
Maryann Bruce
/s/ Mark A. Finser
Director
March 5, 2026
Mark A. Finser
/s/ Darrell Jackson
Director
March 5, 2026
Darrell Jackson
/s/ Julie Kelly
Director
March 5, 2026
Julie Kelly
/s/ JoAnn Lilek
Director
March 5, 2026
JoAnn Lilek
/s/ Meredith Miller
Director
March 5, 2026
Meredith Miller
/s/ Edgar Romney, Sr.
Director
March 5, 2026
Edgar Romney, Sr.
/s/ Julieta Ross
Director
March 5, 2026
Julieta Ross
/s/ Royce "Tony" Wells
Director
March 5, 2026
Royce "Tony" Wells
/s/ Scott Stoll
Director
March 5, 2026
Scott Stoll
/s/ Steven SaLoutos
Director
March 5, 2026
Steven SaLoutos
154
[This page intentionally left blank]
[This page intentionally left blank]
Bank Leadership
Priscilla Sims Brown
President & CEO
Board of Directors
Lynne P. Fox, Chair
International President, Workers United
Priscilla Sims Brown
President & CEO
Maryann Bruce
Former President, Evergreen Investments
Services, Inc.
Mark A. Finser
Lead Independent Director
Former Chair of the Boards of New Resource
Bank and RSF Social Finance
Darrell Jackson
President & CEO, The Efficace Group Inc.
Julie Kelly
International Vice-President, Workers
United, and General Manager, New York-
New Jersey Joint Board of Workers United
JoAnn Lilek
Former Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Operating Officer, financial services industry
Meredith Miller
Former Managing Member, Corporate
Governance and Sustainable
Strategies LLC
Edgar Romney, Sr.
Secretary-Treasurer, Workers United
Julieta Ross
Co-Founder and CEO Okee Labs
Steven SaLoutos
Retired Executive Vice President,
U.S. Bank, N.A.
Scott Stoll
Retired Partner, Ernst & Young LLP
Royce “Tony” Wells
Venture Partner, Copper Sky Capital
Independent Auditors
Crowe LLP
New York, New York
Legal Counsel
Dorsey & Whitney LLP
New York, New York
Stock Exchange
Amalgamated Financial Corp.’s common stock
is listed for trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market
under the ticker symbol “AMAL”.
Stock Transfer Agent
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC
Brooklyn, New York
Notice of Annual Meeting
The Annual Meeting of Stockholders of
Amalgamated Financial Corp. will be held on
May 20, 2026 at 9:00 a.m. Eastern Time.
Investor Relations
For further information about
Amalgamated Financial Corp., please visit
ir.amalgamatedbank.com
Or contact:
Investor Relations
800.895.4172
shareholderrelations@amalgamatedbank.com
Sam Brown
Senior Executive Vice President
Chief Banking Officer
Jason Darby
Senior Executive Vice President
Chief Financial Officer
Tyrone Graham
Executive Vice President
Chief Human Resources Officer
Corporate Information
Margaret Lanning
Executive Vice President
Chief Risk Executive
Edgar Romney, Jr.
Executive Vice President
Chief Strategy & Administrative Officer
Sean Searby
Executive Vice President
Chief Information & Operations Officer
Mandy Tenner
Executive Vice President
Chief Legal Officer
Leslie Veluswamy
Executive Vice President
Chief Accounting Officer
275 Seventh Avenue New York, NY 10001
212.895.8988 | amalgamatedbank.com
© 2026 Amalgamated Bank. All rights reserved. Member FDIC. Equal Opportunity Lender.
FINANCIAL CORP.